summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex-dev
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex-dev')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdfbin223831 -> 223831 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdfbin264168 -> 264168 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/changes.txt77
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/classes.pdfbin560998 -> 560998 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide-historic.pdfbin415615 -> 415615 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdfbin451992 -> 489925 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex200
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdfbin292600 -> 292600 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdfbin257359 -> 257359 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/doc-code.pdfbin1075811 -> 1075915 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/doc.pdfbin756197 -> 756298 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx25
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdfbin504704 -> 506630 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdfbin1318576 -> 1318576 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdfbin204708 -> 204708 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdfbin287727 -> 287727 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdfbin517659 -> 517708 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdfbin161722 -> 161722 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdfbin221219 -> 221219 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdfbin318199 -> 318199 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/lamport-manual.pdfbin170876 -> 170876 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdfbin282095 -> 282095 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdfbin200759 -> 200759 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdfbin252497 -> 252497 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/letter.pdfbin337428 -> 337852 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdfbin217659 -> 217659 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdfbin132370 -> 132370 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltboxes.dtx95
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdfbin755624 -> 755882 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdfbin499095 -> 499346 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx25
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-code.pdfbin803891 -> 804030 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdfbin548560 -> 548695 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-code.pdfbin1258576 -> 1258628 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-doc.pdfbin755724 -> 755246 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks.dtx8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdfbin325191 -> 325191 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-code.pdfbin716708 -> 716681 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-doc.pdfbin586833 -> 586808 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdfbin1320668 -> 1360066 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdfbin169553 -> 169553 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdfbin151773 -> 151773 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdfbin151324 -> 151324 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdfbin152551 -> 152551 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdfbin175211 -> 175211 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdfbin142867 -> 142867 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdfbin138214 -> 138214 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdfbin155442 -> 155442 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdfbin130028 -> 130028 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdfbin169433 -> 169433 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdfbin112208 -> 112208 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdfbin156764 -> 156764 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdfbin182483 -> 182483 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdfbin170722 -> 170722 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdfbin130328 -> 130328 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdfbin138107 -> 138107 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdfbin166269 -> 166269 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdfbin39839 -> 39839 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdfbin225936 -> 225936 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdfbin318193 -> 318193 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdfbin245228 -> 245228 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdfbin318026 -> 318026 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdfbin286824 -> 286824 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdfbin265497 -> 265497 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdfbin205100 -> 205100 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdfbin379733 -> 379733 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdfbin251283 -> 251283 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdfbin376933 -> 376933 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdfbin455437 -> 455437 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdfbin512240 -> 512240 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdfbin526688 -> 526688 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews32.pdfbin546540 -> 546540 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews33.pdfbin522757 -> 522757 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews34.pdfbin508345 -> 508345 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews35.pdfbin563307 -> 563307 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews36.pdfbin517934 -> 517934 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.pdfbin456926 -> 456933 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.pdfbin359786 -> 523672 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.tex489
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-code.pdfbin672682 -> 672700 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-doc.pdfbin560566 -> 560578 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-code.pdfbin557678 -> 558646 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-doc.pdfbin432158 -> 433141 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties.dtx69
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-code.pdfbin821678 -> 821655 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-doc.pdfbin566578 -> 566566 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-code.pdfbin606430 -> 606454 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-doc.pdfbin489290 -> 489314 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx27
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdfbin219358 -> 219358 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdfbin244215 -> 244215 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdfbin165816 -> 165816 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdfbin257825 -> 257825 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdfbin211171 -> 211171 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/proc.pdfbin227065 -> 227065 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/slides.pdfbin375493 -> 375493 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdfbin234171 -> 234171 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdfbin6137755 -> 6150247 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/source2edoc.cls2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdfbin189816 -> 190255 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdfbin291143 -> 291143 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.err52
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.pdfbin323048 -> 326462 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdfbin162773 -> 162773 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide-historic.pdfbin438602 -> 438602 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdfbin477695 -> 477695 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdfbin353658 -> 353655 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdfbin146199 -> 146199 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsbsy.pdfbin174946 -> 174946 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amscd.pdfbin179951 -> 179951 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsgen.pdfbin178193 -> 178193 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsldoc.pdfbin508230 -> 508230 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsmath.pdfbin419922 -> 419922 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsopn.pdfbin140093 -> 140093 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amstext.pdfbin217504 -> 217504 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsxtra.pdfbin113560 -> 113560 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/changes.txt12
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/subeqn.pdfbin109733 -> 109733 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/technote.pdfbin147459 -> 147459 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/testmath.pdfbin454658 -> 454658 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/changes.txt11
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/firstaid.ins3
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx42
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdfbin252465 -> 263670 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/color.pdfbin212220 -> 212212 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/drivers.pdfbin286453 -> 286448 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/epsfig.pdfbin159996 -> 159999 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphics.pdfbin303453 -> 303448 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphicx.pdfbin240625 -> 240618 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/grfguide.pdfbin330983 -> 330986 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/keyval.pdfbin239585 -> 239587 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/lscape.pdfbin155984 -> 155987 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/mathcolor.pdfbin475009 -> 475542 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotating.pdfbin278414 -> 278898 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotex.pdfbin172281 -> 172272 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/trig.pdfbin199268 -> 199266 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdfbin886155 -> 886150 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdfbin440245 -> 440234 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/changes.txt15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdfbin523606 -> 523380 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdfbin389235 -> 389003 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdfbin357811 -> 357553 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdfbin411100 -> 411092 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.pdfbin886155 -> 886150 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdfbin272876 -> 272864 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdfbin444989 -> 444977 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.dtx24
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdfbin815832 -> 815656 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.dtx99
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdfbin497260 -> 496997 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.dtx39
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.pdfbin612561 -> 612623 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdfbin302644 -> 302371 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdfbin357811 -> 357553 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.dtx71
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdfbin278305 -> 280811 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-namespace.pdfbin234661 -> 234649 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdfbin389733 -> 389721 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdfbin632322 -> 632310 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.dtx26
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdfbin528176 -> 527916 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.dtx1975
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.pdfbin0 -> 621929 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdfbin298669 -> 298403 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdfbin307823 -> 307812 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdfbin296136 -> 296124 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.dtx29
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdfbin356743 -> 361084 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.dtx60
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.pdfbin377490 -> 396817 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab.ins5
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.dtx12
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.pdfbin197735 -> 198100 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.pdfbin517015 -> 517410 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.dtx63
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.pdfbin323438 -> 323929 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.dtx26
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.pdfbin370641 -> 370660 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/changes.txt17
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.dtx22
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.pdfbin220838 -> 221038 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/delarray.pdfbin191064 -> 191058 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.dtx10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.pdfbin215495 -> 215077 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fileerr.pdfbin187680 -> 188281 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fontsmpl.pdfbin146441 -> 146438 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.dtx18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.pdfbin387184 -> 387794 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/hhline.pdfbin189673 -> 189678 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.pdfbin157956 -> 157352 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.dtx42
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.pdfbin259965 -> 260278 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.dtx36
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.pdfbin391298 -> 391258 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/multicol.pdfbin523279 -> 523618 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/rawfonts.pdfbin138967 -> 138956 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.dtx18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.pdfbin176204 -> 176171 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.dtx20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.pdfbin252908 -> 252975 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/somedefs.pdfbin167585 -> 167583 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.dtx38
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.pdfbin287074 -> 287013 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.dtx12
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.pdfbin351633 -> 352315 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tools-overview.pdfbin73672 -> 73673 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/trace.pdfbin222080 -> 222074 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/varioref.pdfbin393154 -> 393134 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.dtx24
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.pdfbin330785 -> 331003 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.pdfbin169984 -> 170451 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xspace.pdfbin257018 -> 257027 bytes
227 files changed, 3395 insertions, 491 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/README.md b/macros/latex-dev/base/README.md
index cb5a4a60dc..fcfee6ef01 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX kernel
================
-Release 2023-11-01 pre-release 1
+Release 2024-06-01 pre-release 0
Overview
--------
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
index f2368d8b8c..074d5b4de9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
index dc422901be..16a9f23b96 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/changes.txt b/macros/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
index 3454f49ac6..812143d3e3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
@@ -1,23 +1,70 @@
+================================================================================
+This file lists changes to the LaTeX2e files in reverse chronological order
+of publication (therefore the dates might be out of sequence if there are
+hotfixes). It is provided for convenience only. It therefore makes no claims
+to completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that are
+not part of the distribution.
+================================================================================
+
================================================================================
-This file lists changes to the LaTeX2e files in reverse chronological order of
-publication (therefore the dates might be out of sequence if there are hotfixes).
-It is provided for convenience only. It therefore makes no claims to
-completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that
-are not part of the distribution.
+All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
================================================================================
+
+#########################
+# 2023-11-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2023-10-15 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * ltproperties.dtx:
+ Add support for pagetarget property.
+
+2023-10-26 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+ * ltboxes.dtx:
+ add check so \makebox[4cm][?]{abc} does not discard text (gh1072)
+
+2023-10-26 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+ * ltspace.tex:
+ Use a protected definition for tilde which is safe in csnames
+
+2023-10-21 Yukai Chou <muzimuzhi@gmai.com>
+ * ltfssbas.dtx, ltplain.dtx, ltspace.dtx:
+ Correct typos
+
+2023-10-14 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+ * clsguide.tex:
+ Additional documentation
+
+2023-10-14 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+ * clsguide.tex:
+ Add that \CurrentOption is available in \DeclareUnknownKeyHandler
+
+2023-10-13 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+ * ltexpl.dtx:
+ Add \IfExplAtLeastTF
+
+2023-10-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx (section{Internal functions and variables}):
+ Explain the steps carried out by the replacement algorithm for @@.
+
2023-09-13 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
* ltproperties.dtx:
- expand consistently the label/property names in the LaTeX2e commands.
+ Use \protected@edef for expansion in the LaTeX2e commands.
+
+2023-09-13 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * ltproperties.dtx:
+ Expand consistently the label/property names in the LaTeX2e commands.
2023-09-13 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
- * ltmiscen.dtx:
- add test to \enddocument for changes in property values.
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Correct typo
2023-09-05 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
- * ltproperties.dtx:
- First implementation of properties module
- * ltmiscen.dtx:
- Correct typo
+ * ltproperties.dtx:
+ First implementation of properties module
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Add test to \enddocument for changes in property values.
2023-09-01 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
@@ -36,8 +83,6 @@ are not part of the distribution.
2023-08-19 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
-2023-08-19 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
-
* ltcmd.dtx, usrguide.tex
Remove \GetDocumentCommandArgSpec,
\GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec,
@@ -75,10 +120,6 @@ are not part of the distribution.
* usrguide.tex
Various refinements to descriptions of \NewDocumentCommand, etc.
-================================================================================
-All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
-================================================================================
-
#########################
# 2023-06-01 PL1 Release
#########################
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
index e77d02dec9..6ba6e988b6 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide-historic.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide-historic.pdf
index 9ed59b2255..c40cf8d8d7 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide-historic.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide-historic.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
index 04c4ea27a4..c8c14014da 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex b/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
index 7225425ec8..457f74f287 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
\texttt{clsguide.tex} for full details.}%
}
-\date{2023-01-12}
+\date{2023-10-24}
\NewDocumentCommand\cs{m}{\texttt{\textbackslash\detokenize{#1}}}
\NewDocumentCommand\marg{m}{\arg{#1}}
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ There are several reasons why we should not make such changes to these
files.
\begin{itemize}
\item
- However misguided, the current behaviour is clearly what was
+ However misguided, the current behavior is clearly what was
intended when these classes were designed.
\item
It is not good practice to change such aspects of `standard classes'
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ command which should only be used in the \LaTeX{} kernel, whereas
However, this rule of thumb is still useful: if a command has |@| in
its name then it is not part of the supported \LaTeX{} language---and
-its behaviour may change in future releases! If a command is
+its behavior may change in future releases! If a command is
mixed-case, or is described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}, then you can rely on
future releases of \LaTeX{} supporting the command.
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ the |article| class to set the |\paperheight| and |\paperwidth| lengths:
\end{verbatim}
Sometimes a user will request an option which the class or package has not
explicitly declared. By default this will produce a warning (for classes) or
-error (for packages); this behaviour can be altered as follows:
+error (for packages); this behavior can be altered as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption*{<code>}
\end{verbatim}
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ The basic properties provided here are
has no limitation on scope (\texttt{general})
\end{itemize}
The part of the \meta{key} before the \m{property} is the \m{name}, with the
-\m{value} working with the \m{property} to define the behaviour of the option.
+\m{value} working with the \m{property} to define the behavior of the option.
For example, with
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -875,7 +875,15 @@ options.
The command |\DeclareUnknownKeyHandler| may be used to define the behavior when
an undefined key is encountered. The \m{code} will receive the unknown key name
as |#1| and the value as |#2|. These can then be processed as appropriate,
-e.g.~by forwarding to another package.
+e.g.~by forwarding to another package. The entire option is available as
+\cs{CurrentOption}, should it be necessary to pass on options which may or
+may not contain an |=|~sign. For example, this may be used to pass an
+unknown option on to a non-keyval class such as \pkg{article}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\DeclareUnknownKeyHandler{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}
+}
+\end{verbatim}
\begin{decl}
|\ProcessKeyOptions| \oarg{family}
@@ -883,6 +891,8 @@ e.g.~by forwarding to another package.
The |\ProcessKeyOptions| function is used to check the current option list
against the keys defined for \m{family}. Global (class) options and local
(package) options are checked when this function is called in a package.
+The command will process \emph{all} options given the the current
+package or class: there is no need to also apply \cs{ProcessOptions}.
\begin{decl}
|\SetKeys| \oarg{family} \arg{keyvals}
@@ -1181,12 +1191,184 @@ defined as
where |#1| is the user input and the first argument to
\cs{MakeUppercaseAux} takes two arguments, the locale and input text.
+\subsection{Extended and expandable references of properties}
+
+A property is something that \LaTeX{} can track while processing
+the document, such as a page
+number, a heading number, other counter values, a heading title,
+a position on the page, etc.
+The current value of such properties can be labeled and
+written to the \texttt{aux}-file. It can then be referenced in
+the next compilation, similar to the way the standard \cs{label}/\cs{ref}
+commands work (they record/reference a fixed set of properties:
+label, page, title, and target).
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\RecordProperties|\arg{label}\arg{list of properties}
+\end{decl}
+This command writes the value(s) of the \meta{list of properties}
+\texttt{aux}-file labeled by \meta{label}. Recorded are either the
+values current when \cs{RecordProperties} is called or the value
+current when the next shipout happens---which depends on the
+declaration for each property.
+%
+The arguments \meta{label} and \meta{list of properties} can contain
+commands that are expanded. \meta{label} can expand to an arbitrary
+string (as long as it can safely be written to the \texttt{aux}-file)
+but note that the label names of \cs{label} and \cs{RecordProperties}
+share a singe namespace. This means that you get a \texttt{Label `A'
+ multiply defined} warning with the following code:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\label{A}\RecordProperties{A}{abspage}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\RefProperty|\arg{label}\arg{property}
+\end{decl}
+This command allows to reference the value of the property
+\meta{property} recorded in the previous run and labeled by \meta{label}.
+Differently to the standard
+\cs{ref} command the command is expandable and the value can for
+example---if it is a number---be used in an assignment.\footnote{For
+this to work the default value for the property would need to be a number too,
+because recorded values aren't known in the first \LaTeX{} run.}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{A section}
+\RecordProperties{mylabel}{pagenum,counter}
+\RefProperty{mylabel}{counter} % outputs section
+\setcounter{mycounter}{\RefProperty{mylabel}{pagenum}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+
+As \cs{RefProperty} is expandable it can not issue a rerun warning if
+a label is not found. If needed such a warning can be forced by the
+following command:
+\begin{decl}
+ |\RefUndefinedWarn|\arg{label}\arg{property}
+\end{decl}
+
+\LaTeX{} predefines a set of properties, this set contains also the
+properties stored by the standard \cs{label} command. In the list
+below \enquote{default} indicates the value returned when the value is
+not yet known (i.e., if it wasn't recorded in the previous run and
+\enquote{at shipout} means that this property is not recorded
+immediately when \cs{RecordProperties} is used but during the next
+\cs{shipout}.
+
+\begin{description}
+ \item[\texttt{abspage} (default: \texttt{0}, at shipout)] The absolute value of the current page:
+ starts at $1$ and increases monotonically at each shipout.
+
+ \item[\texttt{page} (default: \texttt{0}, at shipout)] The current page as given by \cs{thepage}: this may or
+ may not be a numerical value, depending on the current
+ style. Contrast with \texttt{abspage}. You get this value also with
+ the standard \cs{label}/\cs{pageref}.
+
+ \item[\texttt{pagenum} (default: \texttt{0}, at shipout)] The current page as arabic number. This is
+ suitable for integer operations and comparisions.
+
+ \item[\texttt{label} (default: \texttt{??})] The content of \cs{@currentlabel}. This is the value
+ that you get also with the standard \cs{label}/\cs{ref}.
+
+ \item[\texttt{title} (default: \texttt{\cs{textbf}\{??\}})] The content of \cs{@currentlabelname}. This
+ command is filled beside others by the \pkg{nameref} package and
+ some classes (e.g.~\pkg{memoir}) and typically gives
+ the title defined in the document by some sectioning command
+
+ \item[\texttt{target} (default: \meta{\mdseries empty})] The content of \cs{@currentHref}. This
+ command is normally filled by \pkg{hyperref} and holds the name of
+ the last destination it created.
+
+\item[\texttt{pagetarget} (default: \meta{\mdseries empty}, at shipout)]
+ The content of \cs{@currentHpage}. This command is filled by
+ \pkg{hyperref} (version v7.01c or newer) and holds the name of the last
+ page anchor it created.
+
+ \item[\texttt{counter} (default: \meta{\mdseries empty})] The content of \cs{@currentcounter}. This
+ command contains after a \cs{refstepcounter} the name of the
+ counter.
+
+ \item[\texttt{xpos}, \texttt{ypos} (default: \texttt{0}, at shipout)] These properties records the
+ $x$~and $y$ coordinates of a point previously stored with
+ \cs{pdfsavepos}/\cs{savepos}. E.g.~(if \pkg{bidi} is used it can
+ be necessary to save the position before and after the label):
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \pdfsavepos
+ \RecordProperties{myposition}{xpos,ypos}%
+ \pdfsavepos
+ \end{verbatim}
+\end{description}
+
+Class and package authors can define more properties to store other
+values they are interested in.
+\begin{decl}
+ |\NewProperty|\arg{name}\arg{setpoint}\arg{default}\arg{code}\\
+ |\SetProperty|\arg{name}\arg{setpoint}\arg{default}\arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+These commands declare or change a property \meta{name}\footnote{Only change
+properties that you have declared. The declarations of standard properties of \LaTeX{} and
+properties of other packages should never be altered!}. If a new property is
+declared within a package it is suggested that its name is always structured
+as follows: \meta{package-name}\texttt{/}\meta{property-name}.
+\meta{setpoint} is either |now| or |shipout| and decides if the value is
+written directly or at the next shipout. \meta{default} is used if the
+property is referenced but not yet known, e.g., in the first run.
+\meta{code} is the code executed when storing the value. For example, the
+\texttt{pagenum} property is declared as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\NewProperty{pagenum}{shipout}{0}{\the\value{page}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The commands related to properties are offered as a set of CamelCase
+commands for traditional \LaTeXe{} packages (and for use in the
+document preamble if needed) as well as \texttt{expl3} commands for
+modern packages, that use the L3 programming layer of \LaTeX{}. The
+\texttt{expl3} commands and more details can be found in
+\texttt{ltproperties-doc.pdf}.
+
+\subsection{Preparing link targets}
+
+Active links in a document need targets to which they can jump to. Such
+targets are often created automatically (if the package \pkg{hyperref}
+is loaded) by the \cs{refstepcounter} command but there are also cases
+where class or package authors need to add a target manually, for
+example, in unnumbered sectioning commands or in environments. For this
+\LaTeX{} provides the following commands. \emph{Without}
+\pkg{hyperref} they do nothing or insert only a whatsits
+(to ensure that spacing doesn't change when hyperref is loaded), \emph{with}
+\pkg{hyperref} they add the necessary targets. Details about the
+behavior and the arguments of the following commands can by found in
+the \pkg{hyperref} package in \texttt{hyperref-linktarget.pdf}.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\MakeLinkTarget|\oarg{prefix}\arg{counter}\\
+ |\MakeLinkTarget|\oarg{prefix}\{\}\\
+ |\MakeLinkTarget|*\arg{target name}
+\end{decl}
+This command prepares the creations of targets.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\LinkTargetOn|\\
+ |\LinkTargetOff|
+\end{decl}
+These commands allow to enable and disable locally the creation of
+targets. This can be useful to suppress targets otherwise created automatically
+by \cs{refstepcounter}.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\NextLinkTarget|\arg{target name}
+\end{decl}
+This changes the name of the next target that will be created.
+
\section{Commands superseded for new material}
A small number of commands were introduced as part of \LaTeXe{} in the
-mid-1990s, are widely used but have been superseded by more modern methods.
-These are covered here as they are likely to be encountered routinely in
-existing classes and packages.
+mid-1990s, are widely used but have been superseded by more modern
+methods. These are covered here as they are likely to be encountered
+routinely in existing classes and packages.
\subsection{Defining commands}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
index b4f8929917..fe88b5af3b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
index 2bdb504323..5678806510 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/doc-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/doc-code.pdf
index 4ed15617dd..51e6dad9e8 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/doc-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/doc-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
index e31007c879..e8a184011e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx
index be373499e6..776d0e68d7 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
\def\filename{docstrip.dtx}
\def\fileversion{v2.6b}
\def\filedate{2022-09-03}
-\def\docdate {2022-09-03}
+\def\docdate {2023-10-10}
%%
%
%\iffalse
@@ -838,6 +838,29 @@
% suppressed by giving an empty module name, namely using the
% syntax \texttt{\%<@@=>}.
%
+% The exact steps that are carried out by this replacement
+% algorithm are the following:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item First, deal with \texttt{@@@@} as a special case (by using a
+% temporary disguise).
+%
+% \item Then change all |__@@| to |__|\meta{module}.
+%
+% \item Then change all remaining |_@@| to
+% |__|\meta{module}.
+%
+% \item Then change all remaining \texttt{@@} to
+% |__|\meta{module}.
+%
+% \item Finally, tidy up by changing each ``disguised
+% \texttt{@@@@}'' to \texttt{@@}.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% Thus, replacement means that \texttt{@@} is replaced by the
+% \meta{module} name and that 0, 1, or 2 underscores in front of
+% \texttt{@@} are replaced by exactly 2 underscores (whilst any
+% larger number of underscores is preserved).
+%
+%
% \section{Those other languages}
% Since \TeX\ is an open system some of \TeX\ packages include
% non-\TeX\ files. Some authors use \ds\ to generate PostScript
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
index df1404ebe5..b87f05e2e8 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
index aa08d7dc01..53e032c97b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
index 546a2d0549..0c9dd72583 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
index 07a8643054..eb2306a8fe 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
index 1be6ca422f..a3c42f9cc3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex b/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
index 619cc907b2..143956ecc4 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
\texttt{fntguide.tex} for full details.}%
}
-\date{May 2023}
+\date{October 2023}
\begin{document}
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ which is specific to one encoding. For example, the definition of |\k|
in the |T1| encoding is:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareTextCommand{\k}{T1}[1]
- {\oalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\char12}}
+ {\hmode@bgroup\ooalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\char12}\egroup}
\end{verbatim}
|\DeclareTextCommand| takes the same optional arguments as
|\newcommand|.
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
index 02c26dfdb6..d68b5190cc 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
index ff5e6a9040..b7638603ef 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
index 5b83bb0998..6e453b6080 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/lamport-manual.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/lamport-manual.pdf
index 35607608f6..704346408a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/lamport-manual.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/lamport-manual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
index 38f5ef20fb..a33f14a625 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
index 3d6f87b2f1..76b8b57254 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
index 4f1de0028e..1635d1217d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
index d4c0361f9a..bd800591fc 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
index 01e844d127..c4cbbd166e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
index 6f35bb62a5..1a7b50860d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltboxes.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltboxes.dtx
index ff1717caa9..d84158c161 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltboxes.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltboxes.dtx
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltboxes.dtx}
- [2022/09/07 v1.4d LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)]
+ [2023/10/26 v1.4e LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltboxes.dtx}
@@ -342,13 +342,36 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@imakebox}
% \changes{v0.1a}{1993/12/03}
% {macro modified}
+% \changes{v1.4e}{2023/10/26}
+% {Guard against unknown alignment gh/1072}
% Internal form of |\makebox|.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2023/11/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@imakebox}{Unknown alignment warning}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\long\def\@imakebox[#1][#2]#3{%
\@begin@tempboxa\hbox{#3}%
\setlength\@tempdima{#1}% support calc
- \hb@xt@\@tempdima{\csname bm@#2\endcsname}%
+ \hb@xt@\@tempdima{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname bm@#2\endcsname\relax
+ \bm@c
+ \@latex@warning{Unexpected alignment #2}%
+ \else
+ \csname bm@#2\endcsname
+ \fi}%
\@end@tempboxa}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@imakebox}{Unknown alignment warning}%
+%<latexrelease>\long\def\@imakebox[#1][#2]#3{%
+%<latexrelease> \@begin@tempboxa\hbox{#3}%
+%<latexrelease> \setlength\@tempdima{#1}% support calc
+%<latexrelease> \hb@xt@\@tempdima{\csname bm@#2\endcsname}%
+%<latexrelease> \@end@tempboxa}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -748,19 +771,46 @@
% {\cs{leavevmode} moved to \cs{@frameb@x}}
% \changes{v1.0s}{1995/04/27}
% {Move \cs{leavevmode} for graphics/1512}
+% \changes{v1.4e}{2023/10/26}
+% {Guard against unknown alignment gh/1072}
% In order to set the whole box, including the frame to the
% specified dimension, we first determine that dimension
% from the natural size of the text, |#3|.
% calculated width.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2023/11/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@iframebox}{Unknown alignment warning}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\long\def\@iframebox[#1][#2]#3{%
\leavevmode
\@begin@tempboxa\hbox{#3}%
\setlength\@tempdima{#1}%
\setbox\@tempboxa\hb@xt@\@tempdima
- {\kern\fboxsep\csname bm@#2\endcsname\kern\fboxsep}%
+ {\kern\fboxsep
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname bm@#2\endcsname\relax
+ \bm@c
+ \@latex@warning{Unexpected alignment #2}%
+ \else
+ \csname bm@#2\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \kern\fboxsep}%
\@frameb@x{\kern-\fboxrule}%
\@end@tempboxa}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@iframebox}{Unknown alignment warning}%
+%<latexrelease>\long\def\@iframebox[#1][#2]#3{%
+%<latexrelease> \leavevmode
+%<latexrelease> \@begin@tempboxa\hbox{#3}%
+%<latexrelease> \setlength\@tempdima{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \setbox\@tempboxa\hb@xt@\@tempdima
+%<latexrelease> {\kern\fboxsep\csname bm@#2\endcsname\kern\fboxsep}%
+%<latexrelease> \@frameb@x{\kern-\fboxrule}%
+%<latexrelease> \@end@tempboxa}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -881,9 +931,17 @@
% \changes{v1.1g}{2006/05/18}
% {Ensure \cs{@parboxto} holds the value of \cs{@tempdimb} not the
% register itself (pr/3867)}
+% \changes{v1.4e}{2023/10/26}
+% {Guard against unknown alignment gh/1072}
% The internal version of |\parbox|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\@parboxto\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2023/11/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@iiiparbox}{Unknown alignment warning}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\long\def\@iiiparbox#1#2[#3]#4#5{%
\leavevmode
\@pboxswfalse
@@ -899,9 +957,38 @@
\else\@pboxswtrue $\vcenter
\fi\fi\fi
\@parboxto{\let\hss\vss\let\unhbox\unvbox
- \csname bm@#3\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname bm@#3\endcsname\relax
+ \bm@c
+ \@latex@warning{Unexpected alignment #3}%
+ \else
+ \csname bm@#3\endcsname
+ \fi}%
\if@pboxsw \m@th$\fi
\@end@tempboxa}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@iiiparbox}{Unknown alignment warning}%
+%<latexrelease>\long\def\@iiiparbox#1#2[#3]#4#5{%
+%<latexrelease> \leavevmode
+%<latexrelease> \@pboxswfalse
+%<latexrelease> \setlength\@tempdima{#4}%
+%<latexrelease> \@begin@tempboxa\vbox{\hsize\@tempdima\@parboxrestore#5\@@par}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\relax#2\else
+%<latexrelease> \setlength\@tempdimb{#2}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\@parboxto{to\the\@tempdimb}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if#1b\vbox
+%<latexrelease> \else\if #1t\vtop
+%<latexrelease> \else\ifmmode\vcenter
+%<latexrelease> \else\@pboxswtrue $\vcenter
+%<latexrelease> \fi\fi\fi
+%<latexrelease> \@parboxto{\let\hss\vss\let\unhbox\unvbox
+%<latexrelease> \csname bm@#3\endcsname}%
+%<latexrelease> \if@pboxsw \m@th$\fi
+%<latexrelease> \@end@tempboxa}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf
index 598e09076d..a48cf808d2 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf
index e00d1a517f..cdff7b57d7 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx
index 92e6de52cb..4e5eba550b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltexpl.dtx
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltexpl.dtx}
- [2022/02/28 v1.3f LaTeX Kernel (expl3-dependent code)]
+ [2023/10/13 v1.3g LaTeX Kernel (expl3-dependent code)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltexpl.dtx}
@@ -516,4 +516,27 @@
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \DescribeMacro\IfExplAtLeastTF
+% A pretty simple wrapper.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfExplAtLeastTF}
+% \changes{v1.3g}{2023/10/13}{Provide a test for \pkg{expl3} date (gh/1004)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2023/11/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\IfExplAtLeastTF}{Test for expl3 date}%
+\def\IfExplAtLeastTF{\@ifl@t@r\ExplLoaderFileDate}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% We make sure the command is always available.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\IfExplAtLeastTF}{Test for expl3 date}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\IfExplAtLeastTF{\@ifl@t@r\ExplLoaderFileDate}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \Finale
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
index 423d9c8c60..1e3965df67 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
index 607cc91ca1..f104a35011 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx
index 9e68b38654..a0746bd08c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssaxes.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%
\ProvidesFile{ltfssaxes.dtx}
- [2021/03/18 v1.0i LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Axes handing)]
+ [2023/10/30 v1.0i LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Axes handing)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\begin{document}
@@ -1240,9 +1240,9 @@
% The next rule might be a bit surprising and rightly so. Correct
% would be that \texttt{sc} is not affected by \texttt{up}, i.e.,
% remains \texttt{sc} as showed in the commented out rule. However,
-% for nearly three decades commands such as \upshape{sc} or
+% for nearly three decades commands such as \cs{sc} or
% \cs{textup} changed small caps back to the ``normal'' shape. So
-% for backward compatibility we keep hat behavior.
+% for backward compatibility we keep that behavior.
%
% As a result you are currently typesetting in \texttt{scit} or
% \texttt{scsl} using \cs{upshape} twice will return you to the
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx
index fda3d1ca4b..fa82bd73bb 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%
\ProvidesFile{ltfssbas.dtx}
- [2023/04/01 v3.2l LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Basic Macros)]
+ [2023/10/21 v3.2l LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Basic Macros)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\begin{document}
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
% For this we compare the given value \verb=#3= with one where we
% may have dropped an ``m''. If nothing has changes,
% fine. Otherwise there was a wrong value which is now corrected in
-% \cs{reservedb} so we use that and also issue a warning.
+% \cs{reserved@b} so we use that and also issue a warning.
% \changes{v3.2j}{2021/06/09}{Improve information message}
% \begin{macrocode}
\edef\reserved@a{#3}%
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-code.pdf
index 452cc324fd..61e9f4a92a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
index 379f81449c..4cd9279439 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks.dtx
index e43fa4ef35..20d48730c4 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/lthooks.dtx
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\lthooksversion{v1.1f}
-\def\lthooksdate{2023/08/11}
+\def\lthooksdate{2023/10/02}
% \end{macrocode}
%
%<*driver>
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@
% \end{itemize}
% There can only be a single relation between two labels for a
% given hook,
-% i.e., a later \cs{DeclareHookrule} overwrites any previous
+% i.e., a later \cs{DeclareHookRule} overwrites any previous
% declaration.
%
% The \meta{hook} and \meta{label} can be specified using the
@@ -1566,8 +1566,8 @@
%
% Generic hooks defined in this way are always normal hooks (i.e.,
% you can't implement reversed hooks this way). This is a
-% deliberate limitation, because it speeds up the processessing
-% conciderably.
+% deliberate limitation, because it speeds up the processing
+% considerably.
%
%
% \subsection{Hooks with arguments}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
index fa5dd9a06a..ca793006b1 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-code.pdf
index 7f53320733..655e71aa4c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf
index 94b2a0a762..c5ccd21606 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
index a482c44754..b6fc97ce53 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf
index 45080cd056..a7eb8b72ac 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf
index 3c92dcbb13..1560d5cfae 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf
index 9c76b172f2..a33ab0d699 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf
index 5fc5b7e2f2..0fe86c8d1c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf
index 82f6e2e66b..16be61db08 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf
index 8686878390..62f27b9c09 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf
index dbde03e3c6..41696cd5b2 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf
index 6de4f5dcc2..d3824fd033 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf
index 703e4fcbc1..ee50c517ad 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf
index 92cf03c100..8aa002886a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf
index 7fc53570a7..799f3e69a8 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf
index 7bb2af0d90..3017fe26b4 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf
index 238024988f..a471304672 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf
index ca1bde861a..58c7faeed3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf
index e93edf9da6..a4ccdfcf6a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf
index 58a8ae986d..6fbbe159aa 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf
index 48dcad813d..fe38f79c39 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf
index 3bd5213f40..404206d928 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf
index f61eafeabe..3f107c4567 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf
index fd2f0c7f6c..8eeacf2590 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf
index 3caee8b8aa..0b70907056 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf
index 463eef696d..60862afc61 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf
index fb51fd8738..abf6218395 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf
index e8ef825448..2a8294b46a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf
index a7171c631a..3b2fcf4928 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf
index 6de2aba701..55d618bb30 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf
index 2426592152..244be0a0bd 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf
index 3b505c36e5..9536e57f5a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf
index b9bda4e3ad..6ac0eb8b97 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf
index 6197b58162..ad5fb53b4c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf
index 1de3b0fd5b..4a6484d05b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews31.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews32.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews32.pdf
index e18c5d44fd..1964d6203a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews32.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews32.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews33.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews33.pdf
index 1190e8ed79..6d8f5775e9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews33.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews33.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews34.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews34.pdf
index eec3c3f35b..3985ff0d5e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews34.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews34.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews35.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews35.pdf
index c03ef0306b..820f6a341b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews35.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews35.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews36.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews36.pdf
index 5e16afdce0..4c2d70661f 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews36.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews36.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.pdf
index 02b03b00a0..3ff2725b4d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.tex b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.tex
index 5527975c54..3adda3ea90 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.tex
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews37.tex
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ class option \texttt{doc2}. This has now been corrected.
-\subsection{Improve spacing at top of \env{minipages}}
+\subsection{Improve spacing at top of \env{minipage}s}
A list and several other document elements add some vertical space in
front of them. However this should not happen at the beginning of a
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.pdf
index 6dfed26068..80ff1a2127 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.tex b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.tex
index 38745b9dbf..04ffe1a0ed 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.tex
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltnews38.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2021-2023
+% Copyright 2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -101,6 +101,8 @@
\vbadness=1400 % accept slightly empty columns
+\let\finalpagebreak\pagebreak % for TUB (if they use it)
+
\makeatletter
% maybe not the greatest design but normally we wouldn't have subsubsections
\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{%
@@ -123,7 +125,8 @@
\tubcommand{\input{tubltmac}}
\publicationmonth{November}
-\publicationyear{2023 --- DRAFT version for upcoming release}
+%\publicationyear{2023 --- DRAFT version for upcoming release}
+\publicationyear{2023}
\publicationissue{38}
@@ -139,118 +142,460 @@
\medskip
-\section{Introduction}
-
+%\section{Introduction}
-\section{Sockets and plugs}
-\emph{write}
+\section{News from the \enquote{\LaTeX{} Tagged PDF} project}
-For documentation see \texttt{texdoc ltsockets-doc} for now.
+The multi-year project to automatically tag \LaTeX{} documents in
+order to make them accessible~\cite{38:blueprint} is progressing
+steadily (at this point in time mainly as experimental
+\texttt{latex-lab} code).
-\section{Extended cross-referencing of document properties}
+Just recently we added support for automatic tagging of tabular
+structures including environments from \pkg{tabularx} and
+\pkg{longtable}. The code is still in its early stages and lacks
+configuration possibilities\Dash these will be added in the future.
-Traditionally \LaTeX{} allowed with \cs{label} to record two \enquote{local}
-properties of the document: the representation of the current page number and
-of the current counter. Their values could then be referenced with the
-(non-expandable) commands \cs{ref} and \cs{pageref} in arbitrary places of a
-document. With the summer 2023 release the \cs{label} was enhanced to record
-also if set by packages like \pkg{nameref} or \pkg{hyperref} the title and
-the name of the link target.
+\subsection{Approaching an important milestone}
-Over the years packages extended the label-ref system in various ways.
-Examples are for example the \pkg{refcount} package to reference the values
-expandably, the \pkg{smartref} package, which allows to store more counter
-values and so to reference the current chapter together with the current
-equation, the \pkg{cleveref} package, which stores in a second internal label
-beside other the name of the counter, the \pkg{hyperref} package whose
-\cs{autoref} command tries to retrieve the name of the counter from the name
-of the link target, the \pkg{tikzmarks} which records absolute positions on
-the page, and the \pkg{zref} package which implements a general method to
-record and reference properties.
+Nevertheless, with this new addition we are more or less able to
+automatically tag any document that confines itself to the commands
+and environments described in Leslie Lamport's \emph{\LaTeX{}
+Manual}~\cite{38:Lamport} by simply adding a single configuration line
+at the top.
-Starting with this release the \LaTeX{} kernel contains now its own
-extension. It is loosely based on \pkg{zref}. It allows to declare new
-properties, to record arbitrary combinations of properties. The values are
-retrieved expandably.
+In addition, a number of extension packages that go beyond Lamport are
+already supported, most importantly perhaps \pkg{amsmath} (providing
+extended math capabilities) and \pkg{hyperref} (enhancing \LaTeX{}
+with interactive hyperlinking features).
+\finalpagebreak
+Also already supported are
+some of the major bibliography support packages such as \pkg{natbib}
+and \pkg{biblatex}.
-As an example to setup a new property which records the current chapter
-number the following declaration could be used:
+For now activation is done through the line
+\begin{verbatim}
+\DocumentMetadata
+ {testphase={phase-III,math,tabular}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The math and the tabular support are not yet incorporated into
+\texttt{phase-III} but need their own activation, so that we can
+better experiment with additions and code adjustments.
+
+The \texttt{latex-lab} bundle contains various (still untagged)
+documentation files about the new code that can be accessed with
+\verb|texdoc -l latex-lab|.
+
+\subsection{A GitHub repository dedicated to the project}
+
+We have also started a new GitHub repository mainly intended for
+reporting issues, and offering a platform for discussions. For
+example, there is one discussion on ways to extend the \LaTeX{}
+\env{tabular} syntax to allow describing the logical structure of
+tables (e.g., which cells are header cells, etc.).
+
+Having all issues and discussions related to the project in a single
+place instead of being spread across multiple repositories such as
+\pkg{latex2e}, \pkg{latex3}, \pkg{tagpdf}, \pkg{hyperref},
+\pkg{pdfresources}, etc., helps people to find information easily
+and report any issue related to the project without needing to know in which
+code repository the problematic code resides.
+
+You find this repository at
+\url{https://github.com/latex3/tagging-project} and the mentioned
+discussion on \env{tabular} syntax at
+\url{https://github.com/latex3/tagging-project/discussions/1}.
+
+Your feedback is important and reporting what doesn't yet work is
+beneficial to all users, so we hope to see you there and thank you for
+any contribution, whether it is an issue or a post on a discussion
+thread.
+
+
+\section{Hooks, sockets and plugs}
+
+In previous releases of \LaTeX{} we introduced the general concept of
+hooks (both specific and generic ones). These are places in the
+code into which different packages (or the user in the document
+preamble) can safely add their own code to extend the functionality of
+existing commands and environments without the need to overwrite or
+patch them in incompatible ways. An important feature of such hooks is
+that the code chunks added by different packages can be ordered by
+rules, if necessary,
+\finalpagebreak
+thereby avoiding problems arising from
+differences in package loading order. See \LaTeX{} News issues
+32--34~\cite{38:ltnews} for more information.
+
+However, sometimes you need a kind of \enquote{hook} into which only a
+single chunk of code is placed at any time.\footnote{While this is in
+theory possible to model with the existing hook mechanism, it is
+inefficient and cumbersome.} For example, there is code that
+implements footnote placement in relation to bottom floats (above or
+below them). But at any time in the document only one such placement
+code can be in force. Or consider the extra code needed for making
+\LaTeX{} documents accessible (e.g., adding tags to the PDF
+output). Such code is either there (perhaps in alternative versions)
+or not at all, but it cannot have code from other packages added at
+the same point interfering with the algorithm.
+
+For these use cases we now introduce the concept of sockets and plugs.
+A socket is a place in the code into which one can put a plug (a
+chunk of code with a name) after which the socket is in use; to put in
+a different plug, the former one has to be taken out
+first.\footnote{Think of electric outlets and plugging something into
+them.} A socket may or may not have inputs that can then be used by
+the plugs.
+%
+While this is technically not much different to putting a command in
+the code and at some point alter its definition, the advantage is that
+this offers a consistent interface, allows for status information,
+supports tracing, etc.
+
+You declare a new socket and possibly some plugs for it with
+\begin{flushleft}
+ \cs{NewSocket}\Arg{socket name}\Arg{\# of inputs} \\
+ \cs{NewSocketPlug}\Arg{socket name}\Arg{plug name}\Arg{code}
+\end{flushleft}
+For example, after the declaration \verb=\NewSocket{foo}{0}= you can
+immediately use this socket in your code with \verb=\UseSocket{foo}=.
+The \cs{NewSocket} declaration automatically defines a simple plug
+with the name \texttt{noop} for the socket and assigns it to the socket
+(plugs it in), thus your \cs{UseSocket} sits idle doing
+nothing\footnote{Sockets with one input also define an
+\texttt{identity} plug and initially assign that to the socket\Dash
+this means that their input is simply returned without processing.}
+until you assign it a different plug, which is done with
+\cs{AssignSocketPlug}. This takes the current plug out and puts the
+new one in.
+%
+All the declarations and commands are also available in the \LaTeX3
+programming layer as \cs{socket\_new:nn}, \cs{socket\_new\_plug:nnn},
+etc.
+
+With this concept we can, for example, add tagging support for the
+\enquote{\LaTeX{} Tagged PDF} project to various packages without
+altering their behavior if the tagging code is inactive. Activating
+one or the other form of tagging then just means to assign named plugs
+to the different sockets.
+
+This is just a brief introduction to the mechanism; for more detailed
+documentation see \texttt{texdoc ltsockets-doc}.
+
+
+\finalpagebreak
+
+\section{Document properties and cross-referencing}
+
+Traditional \LaTeX{} uses \cs{label}\Arg{key} to record the values of two
+\enquote{local} properties of the document: the textual
+representations of the \emph{current page number} and the
+\emph{current \textup{\cs{ref}} value} set by \cs{refstepcounter}
+declarations~\cite[p.~209]{38:Lamport}. (These declarations are
+issued, for example, by sectioning commands, by numbered environments
+like \env{equation}, and by \cs{item} in an \env{enumerate} or
+similar environment.)
+
+These two recorded values can then be accessed and typeset (from
+anywhere in the next run of the document) by use of the
+(non-expandable) commands \cs{ref} and \cs{pageref} using the
+\emph{key} that was specified as the argument to \cs{label} when
+recording these values. This supported basic cross-referencing
+(within a document), using these recorded values to provide both
+page-related and counter-related information (such as the page xvii or
+the subsection number 4.5.2).\footnote{In the Spring 2023 release of
+\LaTeX{}, the \cs{label} command was extended to record, in addition,
+both a title (such as the text used in a section head) and the
+\emph{logical name} used for an associated link target provided these
+have been set by packages such as \pkg{nameref} or \pkg{hyperref}.}
+
+
+Over the years \LaTeX{} packages have appeared that extend
+this basic \enquote{label-ref system} in various ways.
+%
+For example, the \pkg{refcount} package made a small but significant change
+to the functions used to access recorded values, by making them expandable.
+And the \pkg{smart-ref} package supports the storage of a larger
+collection of counter values so that, for example, a cross-reference
+can refer to the relevant chapter together with an equation tag.
+The \pkg{cleveref} package stores (by means of a second, internal
+\enquote{logical label}) extra information such as the name of the counter.
+The \pkg{hyperref} package adds the \cs{autoref} command, which
+tries to retrieve the name of a counter from the \emph{logical name}
+used for a link target.
+The \pkg{tikzmarks} library records information about
+ \emph{labelled positions} on the page when using \pkg{tikz}.
+Finally, the \pkg{zref} package implements many related ideas, including a general
+idea of properties and lists of properties, with methods to record, and
+subsequently access, the value of any declared property.
+
+
+Starting with this release, the \LaTeX{} kernel provides handling of
+general document properties as a core functionality with standard
+interfaces.
+%
+This is based on concepts introduced by the \pkg{zref} package but
+with some differences in detail, particularly in the implementation.
+It supports the declaration of new properties, and the recording of
+the values of any list of properties. These values are retrieved
+expandably.
+
+To set up a new property that is the current chapter
+number, for example, here is the declaration to use.
\begin{verbatim}
-\NewProperty{chapter}{now}{?}{\thechapter}
+ \NewProperty{chapter}{now}{?}{\thechapter}
\end{verbatim}
-The second argument means that the property is recorded immediately
-(\enquote{now}) and not at shipout. The third argument sets a default if a
-label is unknown. It is then possible to record a list of properties with
-\cs{RecordProperties}:
+\par\finalpagebreak\noindent
+The second argument means that the property value will be recorded
+immediately (\enquote{now}), and not \enquote{during the next
+ \cs{shipout}}. The third argument sets a default to be used when,
+for example, an unknown label is supplied.
+%
+The final argument contains the code that will, as part of the
+recording process, be expanded to obtain the value to record for this
+property.
+
+Then, to record the value of this new property,
+together with others, use this command.
\begin{verbatim}
-\RecordProperties{mylabel}{chapter,page,currentlabel}
+ \RecordProperties{mylabel}
+ {chapter,page,label}
\end{verbatim}
-To reference the value the \cs{RefProperty} command is provided which takes
-two arguments, the label and the property:
+This records the current values for the properties \texttt{chapter},
+\texttt{page}, and \texttt{label}, using \texttt{mylabel} as the
+label, or \emph{key}, for the record.
+
+To \emph{reference} (i.e., retrieve) this recorded value for use in a
+cross-reference to this chapter, use the \cs{RefProperty} command with
+two arguments: the label, or \emph{key}, and the property.
\begin{verbatim}
-\RefProperty{mylabel}{chapter}
+ \RefProperty{mylabel}{chapter}
\end{verbatim}
-
-The new module predeclares a set of generally useful properties:
-\texttt{currentlabel} (the standard counter representation), \texttt{page}
-(the page representation), \texttt{title} (the title if set e.g.~by
-\pkg{nameref}), \texttt{target} (the name of the link target if set e.g.~by
-\pkg{hyperref}), \texttt{pagenum} (the page as an arabic number),
-\texttt{abspage} (the absolute page number), \texttt{counter} (the name of
-the current counter), \texttt{xpos} and \texttt{ypos} the position on the
-page as set by a previous \cs{pdfsavepos}.
-
-The module provides both \LaTeXe{} camel case commands and expl3 commands.
-
-For documentation see \texttt{texdoc ltproperties-doc}.
-\section{New or improved commands}
+The
+\LaTeX{} kernel itself contains
+declarations for some generally useful properties,
+including these:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\texttt{label}] the textual representation of the \emph{current
+\textup{\cs{ref}} value}, see above;
+
+\item[\texttt{page}] the textual representation of the page number for
+ the page currently under construction;
+
+\item[\texttt{title}] the title, if set by, e.g.,~\pkg{nameref};
+
+\item[\texttt{target}] the logical name of the associated link target,
+ if set by, e.g.,~\pkg{hyperref};
+
+\item[\texttt{pagetarget}] the logical name of the target added by
+ \pkg{hyperref} at the origin of each shipped out page;
+\item[\texttt{pagenum}] the value of the \LaTeX{} counter
+ \texttt{page} in Arabic numerals;
+
+\item[\texttt{abspage}] the absolute page number of the page under
+ construction, i.e., one more than the number of pages shipped out so
+ far (thus it starts at 1 and is increased by 1 whenever a page is
+ shipped out);
+
+\item[\texttt{counter}] the name of the counter that produced the
+ \emph{current \textup{\cs{ref}} value}, i.e., the counter that was
+ stepped in the most recent \cs{refstepcounter} within the current
+ scope;
+
+\item[\texttt{xpos}, \texttt{ypos}] the position on the shipped out
+ page as set by the most recent \cs{pdfsavepos}: recording these
+ properties should be done as soon as possible after saving the
+ position.
+\end{description}
+
+Both \LaTeXe{} commands (using camel-case names) and
+\LaTeX3 programming layer commands are provided.
%
-\githubissue{xxx}
+For a more complete documentation, see \texttt{texdoc ltproperties-doc}.
-\section{\emph{Removed} commands}
-It is very rare that commands are removed from the \LaTeX{} kernel. However, in
-this release we have elected to remove \cs{GetDocumentCommandArgSpec},
-\cs{GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec}, \cs{ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec} and
-\cs{ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} from the kernel. These commands have been
-moved back to the \enquote{stub} \pkg{xparse} provided in \pkg{l3packages}. The
-reason for this change is that the commands were essentially part of debugging
-early forms of the kernel code, and expose implementation detail in a way that
-was not helpful.
+
+\finalpagebreak
+
+\section{New or improved commands}
+
+\subsection{Testing for the \LaTeX3 programming layer version: \cs{IfExplAtLeastTF}}
+
+The integration of \pkg{expl3} (the \LaTeX3 programming layer)
+into the kernel means that programmers can use all of the features
+available without needing to load it explicitly. However, as \pkg{expl3}
+is upgraded separately from \LaTeXe{} and is not a separate package, its
+version is different from that of \LaTeXe{} and cannot be tested using
+\cs{IfPackageAtLeastTF}. To date, low-level methods have therefore
+been needed to check for the availability of features in
+\pkg{expl3}. We have now added \cs{IfExplAtLeastTF} as a test working
+in the same way as \cs{IfPackageAtLeastTF} but focused on the
+pre-loaded programming layer. Programmers can check the date of
+\pkg{expl3} they are using in the \texttt{.log}, as it appears both at
+the start and end in the format
+\begin{verbatim}
+ L3 programming layer <YYYY-MM-DD>
+\end{verbatim}
+just after the line which identifies the format (\texttt{LaTeX2e}, etc.).
+%
+\githubissue{1004}
+
\section{Code improvements}
-\subsection{Support for tabs in \cs{verb*} and \texttt{verbatim*}}
+\subsection{Support for tabs in \cs{verb*} and \env{verbatim*}}
\LaTeX{} converts a single tab to a single space, which is then treated like a
\enquote{real} space in typesetting. The same has been true to date inside
\cs{verb}, but was done in a way that meant that they remained as normal spaces
even in \cs{verb*}, etc. We have now adjusted the code so that tabs are
retained within the argument to \cs{verb} and \cs{verb*}, and the
-\texttt{verbatim} and \texttt{verbatim*} environments independently from
+\env{verbatim} and \env{verbatim*} environments, independently from
spaces, and are set up to print in the same way spaces do. This means that they
-now generate visible spaces inside \cs{verb*} and \texttt{verbatim*}, and their
+now generate visible spaces inside \cs{verb*} and \env{verbatim*}, and their
behavior can be adjusted if required to be different from that of spaces.
%
\githubissue{1085}
-\section{Bug fixes}
-\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{amsmath} category}
+\subsection{Improved argument checking for box commands}
+Previously if an alignment option had an unexpected value, such as
+\verb|\makebox[4cm][x]{text}|,
+no warning was given but the box content was silently discarded.
+This will now produce a warning and act like the default \texttt{c} alignment.
+\cs{framebox} and \cs{parbox} have a similar change.
+%
+\githubissue{1072}
+
+
+\subsection{Aligning status of tilde with other active characters}
+
+Some time ago we revised the definition of active characters in \pdfTeX{} to
+allow the full range of UTF-8 codepoints to be used in for example labels,
+file names, etc. However, \verb|~| was not changed at that point as it is active
+independent of the engine in use. This has now been corrected: the definition
+of \verb|~| is an engine-protected one which gives the string version of the
+character if used inside a csname.
+
+\finalpagebreak
+
+\subsection{In the programming layer}
-\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{graphics} category}
+In the programming layer (\pkg{expl3}), we have revised the behavior of the
+titlecasing function to enable this to either titlecase only the first word of
+the input, or to titlecase every word. This should be transparent at the
+document level but will be useful for programmers.
+
+We have also added the ability to define variables and functions inside
+\cs{fpeval} (at the \pkg{expl3} level this is \cs{fp\_eval:n}). This allows
+programmers to create non-standard functions that can then be used inside
+\cs{fpeval}. For example, this could be used to create a new function
+\texttt{dinner}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\fp_new_variable:n{duck}
+\fp_new_function:n{dinner}
+\fp_set_function:nnn{dinner}{duck}
+ {duck - 0.25 * duck}
+\fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{1}
+$\fp_eval:n{duck}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+ \fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{dinner(duck)}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+ \fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{dinner(duck)}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+ \fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{dinner(duck)}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+$
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The computation above would then generate
+\begin{quote}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\fp_new_variable:n{duck}
+\fp_new_function:n{dinner}
+\fp_set_function:nnn{dinner}{duck}
+ {duck - 0.25 * duck}
+\fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{1}
+$\fp_eval:n{duck}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+ \fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{dinner(duck)}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+ \fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{dinner(duck)}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+ \fp_set_variable:nn{duck}{dinner(duck)}
+ >\fp_eval:n{dinner(duck)}
+$
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\end{quote}
+
+Users will be able to access added functions without needing to use the
+\pkg{expl3} layer. It is possible that a future release of \LaTeX{} will
+add the ability to create and set floating point variables at the
+document level: this will be examined based on feedback on the
+utility of the programming layer change.
+
+
+\section{\emph{Removed} kernel commands}
+
+It is very rare that commands are removed from the \LaTeX{} kernel. However, in
+this release we have elected to remove \cs{GetDocumentCommandArgSpec},
+\cs{GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec}, \cs{ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec} and
+\cs{ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} from the kernel. These commands have been
+moved back to the \enquote{stub} \pkg{xparse} provided in \pkg{l3packages}. The
+reason for this change is that the removed commands exposed implementation
+details. They were essentially debugging tools which with hindsight should
+not have been made available directly in the kernel.
+
+
+% \section{Bug fixes}
+
+\finalpagebreak
\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category}
+\subsection{\pkg{longtable}: correct p-column definition}
+
+In general the \pkg{longtable} implementation follows the \pkg{array}
+usage but the package didn't take over a change made 1992 in
+\pkg{array} which adjusted the handling of the strut inserted at the
+begin of p-columns. As a consequence there are a number of
+inconsistencies in the output of p-columns between \pkg{tabular} and
+\pkg{longtable}. This has been corrected; \pkg{longtable} now uses for
+the strut the same definition as \pkg{array}.
+%
+\githubissue{1128}
-%\medskip
+\medskip
+\tubcommand{\newpage}
\begin{thebibliography}{9}
-\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont
+%\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont
+
+
+\bibitem{38:Lamport}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock \emph{{\LaTeX}: {A} Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference
+ Manual}.
+\newblock \mbox{Addison}-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA, 2nd edition, 1994.
+\newblock ISBN 0-201-52983-1.
+\newblock Reprinted with corrections in 1996.
+
+
+\bibitem{38:ltnews} \LaTeX{} Project Team.
+ \emph{\LaTeXe{} news 1--38}.\\
+ \url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews.pdf}
+
+\bibitem{38:blueprint} Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley.
+ \emph{\LaTeX{} Tagged PDF \Dash A blueprint for a large project}.\\
+ \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/indexbyyear/2020/}
+
+
\end{thebibliography}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-code.pdf
index 6836c91ff6..aa77b62b7c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-doc.pdf
index f29cf22b46..008e6a5f33 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltpara-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx
index 89e5017300..b41810373d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltplain.dtx}
- [2023/04/15 v2.3i LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)]
+ [2023/10/21 v2.3i LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltplain.dtx}
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@
% \cs{par} with whatever definition \cs{par} has when it is
% executed. It can, however, be
% redefined (before calling \cs{obeylines}!) to achieve some
-% special effects. If you want to alter is definition when already
+% special effects. If you want to alter this definition when already
% in the scope of \cs{obeylines}, it has no effect (because
% \cs{let} is used above).
% In that case simply make another call to \cs{obeylines}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-code.pdf
index 8176e3fdde..a0757a3b61 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-doc.pdf
index 553223ecc2..8dccf572dc 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties.dtx
index 71b6e2a14f..40c50cd20a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltproperties.dtx
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
%
% for those people who are interested.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ltpropertiesversion{1.0b}
-\def\ltpropertiesdate{2023-09-13}
+\def\ltpropertiesversion{1.0c}
+\def\ltpropertiesdate{2023-10-15}
% \end{macrocode}
%<*driver>
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
% \begin{function}
% {
% \property_record:nN,
-% \property_record:nn, \property_record:nV, \property_record:xx
+% \property_record:nn, \property_record:nV, \property_record:ee
% }
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{property_record:nN} \Arg{label} \Arg{clist var}
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
% or in some outer group!
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\property_ref_undefined_warn:n,\property_ref_undefined_warn:x}
+% \begin{function}{\property_ref_undefined_warn:n,\property_ref_undefined_warn:e}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{property_ref_undefined_warn:n} \Arg{label}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
% \texttt{Reference~`\meta{label}'~on~page~\meta{page}\space undefined}.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\property_ref_undefined_warn:nn,\property_ref_undefined_warn:xx}
+% \begin{function}{\property_ref_undefined_warn:nn,\property_ref_undefined_warn:ee}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{property_ref_undefined_warn:nn} \Arg{label} \Arg{property}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -302,6 +302,8 @@
% \section{\LaTeXe{} interface}
%
% The LaTeXe{} interfaces always expand label and property arguments.
+% This means that one must be careful when using active chars or commands in the
+% names. UTF8-chars are protected and should be safe, similar most babel shorthands.
%
% \begin{function}{\NewProperty,\SetProperty}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -397,7 +399,7 @@
% comparisions.
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{variable}{currentlabel}
+% \begin{variable}{label}
% (now) The content of \cs{@currentlabel}. This is the value that
% you get also with the standard \cs{label}/\cs{ref}.
% \end{variable}
@@ -410,10 +412,17 @@
%
% \begin{variable}{target}
% (now) The content of \cs{@currentHref}.
-% This command is normally filled by for example by
+% This command is normally filled by for example
% \pkg{hyperref} and gives the name of the last destination it created.
% \end{variable}
%
+% \begin{variable}{pagetarget}
+% (shipout) The content of \cs{@currentHpage}.
+% This command is filled for example by a recent version of
+% \pkg{hyperref} and then gives the name of the last page
+% destination it created.
+% \end{variable}
+%
% \begin{variable}{counter}
% (now) The content of \cs{@currentcounter}.
% This command contains after a \cs{refstepcounter} the name of the counter.
@@ -486,7 +495,7 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \property_gset:nnnn #1#2#3#4
{
- \@@_gset:xnnn { \tl_to_str:n {#1} }
+ \@@_gset:ennn { \tl_to_str:n {#1} }
{#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gset:nnnn #1#2#3#4
@@ -504,21 +513,24 @@
}
{ \msg_error:nnnn { property } { unknown-setpoint } {#1} {#2} }
}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_gset:nnnn {xnnn}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_gset:nnnn {ennn}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\NewProperty,\SetProperty}
% For consistency we expand the property name, but this doesn't warant a
% variant of the L3-commands.
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2023-09-20}{use \cs{protected@edef}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \NewProperty #1#2#3#4
{
- \exp_args:Nx \property_new:nnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}
+ \protected@edef\reserved@a{#1}
+ \exp_args:No \property_new:nnnn {\reserved@a} {#2}{#3}{#4}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \SetProperty #1#2#3#4
{
- \exp_args:Nx \property_gset:nnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}
+ \protected@edef\reserved@a{#1}
+ \exp_args:No \property_gset:nnnn {\reserved@a} {#2}{#3}{#4}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -528,9 +540,10 @@
% {
% \property_record:nn,
% \property_record:nV,
-% \property_record:xx,
+% \property_record:ee,
+% \property_record:oo,
% \@@_record:nn,
-% \@@_record:xn
+% \@@_record:en
% }
% \begin{macro}[EXP]
% {\@@_record_value:n, \@@_record_value_aux:n, \@@_record_value_aux:e}
@@ -542,8 +555,8 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \property_record:nN #1#2
{ \property_record:nV {#1} #2 }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \property_record:nn #1#2
- { \@@_record:xn { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } {#2} }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \property_record:nn { nV , xx }
+ { \@@_record:en { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } {#2} }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \property_record:nn { nV , ee, oo }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_record:nn #1#2
{
\legacy_if:nT { @filesw }
@@ -556,7 +569,7 @@
}
}
}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_record:nn { x }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_record:nn { e }
\cs_new:Npn \@@_record_value:n #1
{ \@@_record_value_aux:e { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } }
\cs_new:Npn \@@_record_value_aux:n #1
@@ -580,11 +593,14 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\RecordProperties}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2023-09-20}{use \cs{protected@edef} for safer handling of active chars.} %
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand\RecordProperties { m m }
{
\@bsphack
- \property_record:xx {#1}{#2}
+ \protected@edef\reserved@a{#1}
+ \protected@edef\reserved@b{#2}
+ \property_record:oo {\reserved@a}{\reserved@b}
\@esphack
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -803,8 +819,8 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\property_ref_undefined_warn:nn,
-% \property_ref_undefined_warn:xx,
+% \begin{macro}{\property_ref_undefined_warn:nn,
+% \property_ref_undefined_warn:ee,
% \RefUndefinedWarn}
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \property_ref_undefined_warn:nn #1#2 %#1 label, #2 property
@@ -823,8 +839,8 @@
\@latex@warning { Reference~`#1'~on~page~\thepage\space undefined }%
}
}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \property_ref_undefined_warn:nn {xx}
-\cs_set_eq:NN \RefUndefinedWarn \property_ref_undefined_warn:xx
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \property_ref_undefined_warn:nn {ee}
+\cs_set_eq:NN \RefUndefinedWarn \property_ref_undefined_warn:ee
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -849,9 +865,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{variable}{currentlabel}
+% \begin{variable}{label}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\property_new:nnnn { currentlabel } { now } { ?? } { \@currentlabel }
+\property_new:nnnn { label } { now } { ?? } { \@currentlabel }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
@@ -868,6 +884,13 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
+% \begin{variable}{target}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@currentHpage{}
+\property_new:nnnn { pagetarget } { shipout } { } { \@currentHpage }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+
% \begin{variable}{counter}
% \begin{macrocode}
\property_new:nnnn { counter } { now } { } { \@currentcounter }
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
index ff0e6d4c2b..b688db8cc5 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
index bf58bd09b9..9265263918 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-code.pdf
index 82ccada409..7fa60a7f54 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-doc.pdf
index 0d32f64a1d..e708f04a3a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltsockets-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx
index 66841cae38..03b3445047 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltspace.dtx}
- [2023/06/14 v1.3q LaTeX Kernel (spacing)]
+ [2023/10/26 v1.3r LaTeX Kernel (spacing)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltspace.dtx}
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
% true (as |\@esphack| used to do previously).
% This is currently used only for floats and similar environments.
% \changes{v1.2s}{1996/08/02}{Remove \cs{global} before \cs{@ignore...}}
-% \changes{v1.3d}{2015/01/11}{Allow hyphenation (Donald Arseneau pr/3498) (latexrelease)}w
+% \changes{v1.3d}{2015/01/11}{Allow hyphenation (Donald Arseneau pr/3498) (latexrelease)}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
@@ -1195,6 +1195,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\nobreakspace}
% \changes{v1.2k}{1995/12/04}{(Macro added}
+% \changes{v1.3r}{2023/10/26}{Protected definition for tilde}
% \begin{macro}{\@xobeysp}
% \changes{v1.2t}{1996/09/28}{Moved from ltmiscen.dtx and redefined to
% use \cs{nobreakspace }}
@@ -1213,11 +1214,31 @@
% We need to keep \cs{@xobeysp} as it is widely used; so here it is
% let to the non-robust command \cs{nobreakspace }.
%
+% The fragile version of |~| needs a brace group after \cs{nobreakspace}
+% to prevent loss of spaces if it occurs in an expansion context. That's
+% not an issue with the updated \cs{protected} definition, so we keep the
+% code shorter and avoid that.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand{\nobreakspace}{%
\leavevmode\nobreak\ }
\catcode `\~=13
-\def~{\nobreakspace{}}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2023/11/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\tilde}{Protected tilde}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+\protected\edef~{%
+ \noexpand\ifincsname\noexpand\expandafter\string~%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\nobreakspace
+ \noexpand\fi
+}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\tilde}{Protected tilde}%
+%<latexrelease>\def~{\nobreakspace{}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
\expandafter\let\expandafter\@xobeysp\csname nobreakspace \endcsname
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx
index 5b78c3bc5e..e169dee020 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx
@@ -112,10 +112,10 @@
%</2ekernel>
%<latexrelease>\edef\latexreleaseversion
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
- {2023-11-01}
+ {2024-06-01}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<*2ekernel>
-\def\patch@level{-1}
+\def\patch@level{0}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\development@branch@name}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
index d80998b77c..61f04c83ca 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
index 4acf824c6b..334349f4bb 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
index aa2de39ace..d6c1e08074 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
index d1f7521e0d..ff40b00fa9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
index df53f5fa0e..c947cc02bf 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
index 79b95b1af0..b143f929d5 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
index 3efdda8edb..5bdcaaa9e6 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
index aec17314d4..8dc32739ff 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
index bb85ca131c..f39b19d128 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/source2edoc.cls b/macros/latex-dev/base/source2edoc.cls
index f0f1479cac..5f731af7ae 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/source2edoc.cls
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/source2edoc.cls
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
\seq_if_empty:NF \g__codedoc_nested_names_seq
{
% This is a crude change: we grab the first name
- \__codedoc_get_hyper_target:xN
+ \__codedoc_get_hyper_target:eN
{ \seq_item:Nn \g__codedoc_nested_names_seq { 1 } }
\l__codedoc_tmpa_tl
% ... and check if it has a reference
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
index c62cd393f7..3390b696f3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
index b43f85c4a8..87fd9f964d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.err b/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.err
index 81975c34e7..d4f94705d7 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.err
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.err
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\newcommand\erratafiledate{2023/09/01} % needs / not -
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2023/10/30} % needs / and not -
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
@@ -259,8 +259,9 @@
% printing are typeset.
%
-\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2023/04/01}
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2023/04/01} % ALL ENTRIES
%\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2023/05/30} % for the first digital edition
+%\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2023/09/01} %
% If you own a digital edition (which is more often updated than the
@@ -466,8 +467,12 @@ beyond \> \u{B}eyond
\erroronpage{I-xx\ldots I-xxi}{}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
Dot leaders have been changed on all sections.
+
\CHAPTER{Bibliography (Part I)}
+\erroronpage{I-779}{[24], l.-1}{FMi}{2023/10/28}{s}
+Link should use \texttt{https://}
+
\erroronpage{I-783}{[55], l.-2}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
all \> \u{them} all
@@ -543,15 +548,22 @@ Publishing \> Publishing\u{,}
\section{Errata for the digital version (not applicable to the print version)}
-All known errors to the digital version have already been incorporated in the product as distributed.
+Most known errors to the digital version have already been
+incorporated in the product as distributed, here are the remaining
+ones.
+
+\begin{erratalist}
-%\begin{erratalist}
-%
%\CHAPTER{General}
%
%\CHAPTER{Front matter}
-%
-%\end{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography}
+
+\erroronpage{II-800}{[50], l.-1}{FMi}{2023/10/28}{s}
+Link should use \texttt{https://}
+
+\end{erratalist}
%<--------------------------
@@ -636,6 +648,18 @@ Typo: Assembler (\u{N}otorola68k, x86masm) \> \\ Assembler (\u{M}otorola68k, x86
\CHAPTER{Chapter 5 --- The Layout of the Page}
+\erroronpage{I-386}{exa 5-3-1, l.7}{EOl}{2023/09/09}{s}
+Change:
+paragraph over \u{two} pages. \> paragraph over \u{three} pages.
+
+\textit{Reason: The third page contains just the word ``pages.'' (which would be page 8)
+is not shown.}
+
+\erroronpage{I-389}{syntax box -1}{DC}{2023/10/06}{s}
+
+\u{\cs{right}} \> \u{\cs{rightmark}}
+
+
\CHAPTER{Chapter 6 --- Tabular Material}
@@ -654,6 +678,9 @@ result in ``31.00'', which is probably not desired.
\CHAPTER{Chapter 7 --- Mastering Floats}
+\erroronpage{I-520}{paragraph 4, l.3}{EOl}{2023/09/09}{s}
+Change:
+For \u{a} example \> For example
\CHAPTER{Chapter 8 --- Graphics Generation and Manipulation}
@@ -1245,6 +1272,11 @@ Changes the output of example 16-7-31 on page II-560 as well.
%and stay with one .bib file (in UTF8-encoding).
+\erroronpage{II-396}{in box: para 2, l.2}{MJo}{2023/10/30}{s}
+the \cs{MakeUpper}\texttt{\u{C}ase} trick \>
+the \cs{MakeUpper}\texttt{\u{c}ase} trick
+
+
\erroronpage{II-435}{code}{FMi}{2023/05/26}{s}
\verb=\textcolor{See= \> \cs{textcolor}\u{\texttt{\{blue\}}}\texttt{\{See}
@@ -1278,9 +1310,11 @@ Jane Doe.\ \textit{A\u{n} second book.}\ 2020.\> Jane Doe.\ \textit{A second boo
\CHAPTER{Chapter 17 --- \LaTeX{} Package Documentation Tools}
\erroronpage{II-599}{para 3, l.1}{EOl}{2023/07/30}{s}
-
\u{Whencreating automatically} the driver \> \u{When} the driver
+\erroronpage{II-605}{para 1, l.10}{CAR}{2023/10/10}{s}
+\u{right numbers} of underscores \> \u{correct number} of underscores
+
\CHAPTER{Appendix A --- \LaTeX{} Overview for Preamble, \ldots}
@@ -1325,6 +1359,8 @@ Appendix title not properly capitalized.
\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
\contributor{BeB}{Bernd Burghardt}
+\contributor{CAR}{Chris Rowley}
+\contributor{DC}{Davide Campagnari}
\contributor{DFl}{Daniel Flipo}
\contributor{EOl}{Edgar Olthof}
\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.pdf
index b7992b7152..24ff91e85b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/tlc3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
index 57f1df3e27..8316f50ae8 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide-historic.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide-historic.pdf
index aabe4c0543..d41dee80ce 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide-historic.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide-historic.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
index 310c0e11ba..4ab7004018 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
index 3925b86fcb..da31897579 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
index ce28e4400f..afda6ddc4b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/README.md b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/README.md
index 05c4c7543a..ad82a9cd19 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The amsmath bundle for LaTeX
============================
-Release 2023-11-01 pre-release 1
+Release 2024-06-01 pre-release 0
Overview
--------
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
index 60f9c08920..37a4b0c581 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amscd.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amscd.pdf
index 582d63279f..d429bc3ce9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amscd.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amscd.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsgen.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
index fdc060f165..5c71841b1c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
index 2e31edf184..4c1b841a4c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsmath.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
index 188ca0bb43..76cf988993 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsopn.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
index cae09a4e59..0fdaf47733 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amstext.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amstext.pdf
index 2da56e8d43..b5a8fb40f2 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amstext.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amstext.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
index f7d546fb5d..544783c2ba 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/changes.txt b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/changes.txt
index b038677206..10ce2ec83b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/changes.txt
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/changes.txt
@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
-2023-08-24 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
-
- * testmath.tex: remove spaces before ~,
-
================================================================================
All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
================================================================================
#########################
+# 2023-11-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2023-08-24 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * testmath.tex: remove spaces before ~,
+
+#########################
# 2023-06-01 Release
#########################
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/subeqn.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
index 72caa0c5e7..c8db586144 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/technote.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/technote.pdf
index 6f9c45f5a3..4f4bd688ba 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/technote.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/technote.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/testmath.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/testmath.pdf
index c059693f3b..e2d278af0d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/testmath.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/amsmath/testmath.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/changes.txt b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/changes.txt
index 17d8f9acdf..8db6a5d0fd 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/changes.txt
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/changes.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,13 @@
+2023-09-20 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx: add firstaid for underscore to
+ make the active char protected and safe for use in csnames.
+
2023-07-18 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
- * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx: remove no longer needed code for
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx: remove no longer needed code for
everysel
- * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx: remove no longer needed code for bidi
- * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx:
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx: remove no longer needed code for bidi
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx:
remove no longer needed code for memoir/stockheight
2023-05-20 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/firstaid.ins b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/firstaid.ins
index b3f30c30da..22067390cd 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/firstaid.ins
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/firstaid.ins
@@ -72,4 +72,7 @@ without such generated files.
\generate{\file{filehook-ltx.sty}
{\from{latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx}{filehook-ltx}}}
+\generate{\file{underscore-ltx.sty}
+ {\from{latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx}{underscore-ltx}}}
+
\endbatchfile
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx
index d1eeaf5ce2..ed6c898d65 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\LaTeXFirstAidDate{2023/07/18}
-\def\LaTeXFirstAidVersion{v1.1a}
+\def\LaTeXFirstAidDate{2023/09/20}
+\def\LaTeXFirstAidVersion{v1.1b}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -563,6 +563,44 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</kernel>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{The \pkg{underscore} first aid}
+%
+% The \pkg{underscore} package makes the underscore active. This means that the
+% underscore can not be used in label and references unless the package option \texttt{strings} is used
+% (which patches a selection of problematic commands like \cs{label} and \cs{ref})
+% or \pkg{babel} is used which redefines\footnote{unless the recommended option \texttt{safe=none} is used}
+% a selection of problematic commands like \cs{@testdef} or \cs{@newl@bel}.
+%
+% With the new property commands the work-around do not work. We therefore make the
+% underscore protected and use \cs{ifincsname} to allow its use in csnames.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*underscore-ltx>
+\ProvidesPackage{underscore-ltx}[2023/09/20 LaTeX firstaid to make underscore protected ]
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \protected\gdef _{%
+ \ifincsname %
+ \string_%
+ \else
+ \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
+ \ifmmode \sb \else \BreakableUnderscore \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\protect\@unexpandable@protect \noexpand_%
+ \else \protect_%
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ }
+ \global\let\ActiveUnderscore=_
+\endgroup
+%</underscore-ltx>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*kernel>
+\AddToHook{file/underscore.sty/after}[firstaid]{%
+ \FirstAidNeededT{underscore}{sty}{2006/09/13}{\RequirePackage{underscore-ltx}}}
+%</kernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \Finale
%
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf
index c024fad142..9716fc7592 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/README.md b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/README.md
index 2561c68883..df1e890c5a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX `graphics` bundle
===========================
-Release 2023-11-01 pre-release 0
+Release 2024-06-01 pre-release 0
Overview
--------
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/color.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/color.pdf
index 6a32cdb7f0..e1c35c486d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/color.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/color.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/drivers.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/drivers.pdf
index 6059951a02..b32569dec4 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/drivers.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/drivers.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/epsfig.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/epsfig.pdf
index e663d5bea7..7c863b7a22 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/epsfig.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/epsfig.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphics.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphics.pdf
index 3bce5d9644..343be34fa6 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphics.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphics.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphicx.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphicx.pdf
index dd0266001c..06aa1ba087 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphicx.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/graphicx.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf
index 56fadc22e9..7aa2c8bc89 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/keyval.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/keyval.pdf
index 3251151424..7b1c32da0e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/keyval.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/keyval.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/lscape.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/lscape.pdf
index 7385307c49..a225429e46 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/lscape.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/lscape.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/mathcolor.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/mathcolor.pdf
index 16efc52884..f1bcf17585 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/mathcolor.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/mathcolor.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotating.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotating.pdf
index 99ff1bfe08..1fe5a8b8b9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotating.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotating.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotex.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotex.pdf
index 264e6ec00b..7c153bad33 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotex.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/rotex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/trig.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/trig.pdf
index 7c2cd0dd38..6daa5bc8a2 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/trig.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/graphics/trig.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/README.md b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/README.md
index 2b86c4d5ee..046d498ab8 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# LaTeX laboratory
-Release 2023-11-01 pre-release 1
+Release 2024-06-01 pre-release 0
## Overview
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdf
index 7b3c18298f..ff13361fcc 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdf
index 4e0408b361..a0f0e5dfad 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/changes.txt b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/changes.txt
index e447d8130a..1a65830e8b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/changes.txt
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/changes.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,18 @@
+2023-10-30 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * added latex-lab-table.dtx for basic table tagging.
+
+2023-10-21 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * latex-lab-minipage.dtx: use sockets to allow local changes
+
+2023-10-13 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * latex-lab-toc.dtx, latex-lab-sec.dtx, latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes: extend
+ \MakeLinkTarget to store the target-structure relationship too, see tagging issue #20
+
+2023-10-13 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * latex-lab-graphic.dtx: fix handling of scale factor, tagging issue #16
+ * latex-lab-graphic.dtx, latex-lab-footnote.dtx: switch to new property referencing code.
+ * latex-lab-math.dtx: fix grabbing of \(..\), tagging issue #19
+
2023-09-04 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
* latex-lab-math.dtx: fix below display skip, tagging issue #11
* latex-lab-math.dtx: allow to use it without tagging.
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf
index ed38483aec..e7e0823f1e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf
index d05aca93d9..af93980113 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdf
index d47e09867f..9c0073d19d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdf
index 153923a871..59569a1735 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.dtx
index 3bd06b72c8..e0a723ca87 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.dtx
@@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_make_label_box:n, \@@_label_format:x}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_make_label_box:n, \@@_label_format:e}
% Make one label, wrapped in \cs{@@_label_format:n}, with an
% appropriate \tn{strut} and possibly \tn{makelabel} in compatibility
% mode (used for the \env{list} environment).
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.pdf
index b82beb2684..7cd08195e3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-block.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdf
index 23b2d0d97d..578d70101e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdf
index 6cf52778ba..1af101107f 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.dtx
index f62d12bfd9..2389906c5a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.dtx
@@ -899,8 +899,6 @@
% \subsection{Variants}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \ref_value:nn { Vn }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gput:Nnn {cxn}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hook_gput_code:nnn{nne}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tag_struct_use:n {e}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1711,14 +1709,14 @@
% At first we define a suitable attribute, it uses as value the structure
% number of the note as stored in \cs{l__fnote_currentstruct_tl}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ref_attribute_gset:nnnn {fnote/struct}{1}{now}{\l_@@_currentstruct_tl}
+\property_new:nnnn {fnote/struct}{now}{1}{\l_@@_currentstruct_tl}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We add a hook to the label hook. By default it does nothing
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_label_hook:n}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_label_hook:e}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_label_hook:n #1 {}
-\AddToHookWithArguments{label}{ \@@_label_hook:n{#1}}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_label_hook:e #1 {}
+\AddToHookWithArguments{label}{ \@@_label_hook:e{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% Inside a footnotetext we change the hook to store the structure number too.
@@ -1726,9 +1724,9 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\AddToHook{fntext/begin}
{
- \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_label_hook:n #1
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_label_hook:e #1
{
- \ref_label:nn {#1} {fnote/struct}
+ \property_record:ee {@@/#1} {fnote/struct}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1766,7 +1764,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \fnote_mark_gput:nn #1 #2 % #1 the representation of the mark, #2 type
{
- \prop_gput:cxn { g_@@_currentmarks_ #2 _prop }
+ \prop_gput:cen { g_@@_currentmarks_ #2 _prop }
{ \tag_get:n{struct_num} }
{ #1 }
}
@@ -1839,7 +1837,7 @@
% which means the name of the prop shouldn't be fix.
% \begin{macrocode}
\fnote_mark_gput:oo {\@thefnmark}{\l_fnote_type_tl}
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_linktarget_tl {footnote*.\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_linktarget_tl {footnote*.\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% If there is no autodetecting we need some id,
@@ -1854,13 +1852,13 @@
{
\exp_not:N\fnote_gput_refs:ee
{ \tag_get:n{struct_num} }
- { \ref_value:Vn\l_@@_currentlabel_tl {fnote/struct} }
+ { \property_ref:ee{ @@/\l_@@_currentlabel_tl } {fnote/struct} }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% in this case we set the name of the linktarget in the note
% to the structure number of the text mark.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_linktarget_tl {footnote*.\ref_value:Vn\l_@@_currentlabel_tl {fnote/struct}}
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_linktarget_tl {footnote*.\property_ref:ee {@@/\l_@@_currentlabel_tl} {fnote/struct}}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% And now the actual content
@@ -1938,7 +1936,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Store the current structure number for labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_currentstruct_tl { \tag_get:n{struct_num} }
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_currentstruct_tl { \tag_get:n{struct_num} }
% \end{macrocode}
% We want to move the label structure here. So we provide a container
% It number is |\l__fnote_currentstruct_tl| plus 1.
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf
index 6736fc5132..e0b8bc5580 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.dtx
index 1db0277425..158b0d2a9c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.dtx
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
% https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/required/latex-lab
%
% for those people who are interested or want to report an issue.
-\def\ltlabgraphicdate{2023-07-20}
-\def\ltlabgraphicversion{0.80a}
+\def\ltlabgraphicdate{2023-10-13}
+\def\ltlabgraphicversion{0.80b}
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass{l3doc}
@@ -184,25 +184,16 @@
\RequirePackage{l3opacity}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%\subsection{Saving the position}
-% We need a replacement for zref-savepos. This uses l3ref which loaded
-% by the pdfmanagement/tagpdf.
%
-% TODO: this is perhaps needed in other places too and should be moved to
-% l3ref!!
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ref_attribute_gset:nnnn{xpos}{0}{shipout}{\int_use:N\tex_lastxpos:D}
-\ref_attribute_gset:nnnn{ypos}{0}{shipout}{\int_use:N\tex_lastypos:D}
-% \end{macrocode}
-
% \begin{macro}{\@@_graphic_savepos:n}
-% this is the command which stores the position. It uses
-% two savepos in case bidi needs it (see zref-savepos).
+% this is the command which stores the position. Similar to
+% zref-savepos it uses two savepos commands
+% for the case that bidi changes the processing order.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn\@@_graphic_savepos:n #1
{
\tex_savepos:D
- \ref_label:nn{#1}{xpos,ypos,abspage}
+ \property_record:nn{#1}{xpos,ypos,abspage}
\tex_savepos:D
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_graphic_savepos:n {e}
@@ -310,8 +301,7 @@
\fp_new:N\l_@@_graphic_lx_fp
\fp_new:N\l_@@_graphic_uy_fp
% \end{macrocode}
-% this holds the scale value. Currently this only the one from
-% \cs{Gin@scalex}
+% this holds the scale value. Either \cs{Gin@scalex} or (if that is !) \cs{Gin@scaley}
% \begin{macrocode}
\fp_new:N\l_@@_graphic_scale_fp
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -353,8 +343,8 @@
{
\tl_if_empty:NT\l_@@_graphic_alt_tl
{
- \msg_warning:nnx{tag}{alt-text-missing}{\l_@@_graphic_alt_dflt_tl}
- \tl_set:Nx\l_@@_graphic_alt_tl {\l_@@_graphic_alt_dflt_tl}
+ \msg_warning:nne{tag}{alt-text-missing}{\l_@@_graphic_alt_dflt_tl}
+ \tl_set:Ne\l_@@_graphic_alt_tl {\l_@@_graphic_alt_dflt_tl}
}
\tag_struct_begin:n
{
@@ -470,7 +460,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\AddToHook{package/graphicx/after}[latex-lab]
{
- \define@key{Gin}{alt} {\tl_set:Nx\l_@@_graphic_alt_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}}
+ \define@key{Gin}{alt} {\tl_set:Ne\l_@@_graphic_alt_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}}
\define@key{Gin}{artifact}[]
{
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_graphic_artifact_bool
@@ -478,7 +468,7 @@
}
\define@key{Gin}{actualtext}
{
- \tl_set:Nx\l_@@_graphic_actual_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}
+ \tl_set:Ne\l_@@_graphic_actual_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}
\bool_set_false:N \l_@@_graphic_BBox_bool
}
\define@key{Gin}{correct-BBox}
@@ -509,7 +499,7 @@
\keys_define:nn{tag/picture}
{
,alt .code:n =
- {\tl_set:Nx\l_@@_graphic_alt_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}}
+ {\tl_set:Ne\l_@@_graphic_alt_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}}
,artifact .code:n =
{
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_graphic_artifact_bool
@@ -517,7 +507,7 @@
}
,actualtext .code:n =
{
- \tl_set:Nx\l_@@_graphic_actual_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}
+ \tl_set:Ne\l_@@_graphic_actual_tl{\text_purify:n{#1}}
\bool_set_false:N \l_@@_graphic_BBox_bool
}
,correct-BBox .code:n =
@@ -581,7 +571,12 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_graphic_get_scale:
{
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_graphic_scale_fp { \Gin@scalex }
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_graphic_scale_fp
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:eeTF {\Gin@scalex} { ! }
+ { \Gin@scaley }
+ { \Gin@scalex }
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -636,7 +631,7 @@
(\l_@@_graphic_uy_fp-\l_@@_graphic_ly_fp-\l_@@_graphic_trim_ly_fp)
* (-\l_@@_graphic_sin_fp)
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -651,7 +646,7 @@
+\l_@@_graphic_trim_lx_fp
}
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -695,7 +690,7 @@
(\l_@@_graphic_uy_fp-\l_@@_graphic_ly_fp-\l_@@_graphic_trim_ly_fp)
* \l_@@_graphic_cos_fp
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -709,7 +704,7 @@
+ \l_@@_graphic_ly_fp + \l_@@_graphic_trim_ly_fp
}
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -735,7 +730,7 @@
{
\bool_if:NT\l_@@_graphic_bboxcorr_bool
{
- \tl_set:Nx #1
+ \tl_set:Ne #1
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -744,7 +739,7 @@
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n {\seq_item:Nn \l_@@_graphic_bboxcorr_seq {1} }
}
}
- \tl_set:Nx #2
+ \tl_set:Ne #2
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -753,7 +748,7 @@
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n {\seq_item:Nn \l_@@_graphic_bboxcorr_seq {2} }
}
}
- \tl_set:Nx #3
+ \tl_set:Ne #3
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -762,7 +757,7 @@
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n {\seq_item:Nn \l_@@_graphic_bboxcorr_seq {3} }
}
}
- \tl_set:Nx #4
+ \tl_set:Ne #4
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -791,22 +786,22 @@
{\l_@@_graphic_BBox_bool}
}
{
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_graphic_scale_fp { \Gin@scalex }
+ \__tag_graphic_get_scale:
\@@_graphic_get_trim:
\int_gincr:N\g_@@_graphic_int
- \tl_set:Nx\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl {_@@_graphic_\int_use:N \g_@@_graphic_int}
+ \tl_set:Ne\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl {_@@_graphic_\int_use:N \g_@@_graphic_int}
\@@_graphic_savepos:e { \l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl }
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
{
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n
- { \@@_ref_value:enn {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{xpos}{0}sp }
+ { \property_ref:een {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{xpos}{0}sp }
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
{
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n
- { \@@_ref_value:enn {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{ypos}{0}sp }
+ { \property_ref:een {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{ypos}{0}sp }
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -815,7 +810,7 @@
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { \Gin@req@width }
}
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -829,7 +824,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\legacy_if:nF {Gin@clip}
{
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -838,7 +833,7 @@
\l_@@_graphic_trim_ux_fp
}
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -847,7 +842,7 @@
\l_@@_graphic_trim_lx_fp
}
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -856,7 +851,7 @@
\l_@@_graphic_trim_uy_fp
}
}
- \tl_gset:Nx\g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne\g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
{
\fp_eval:n
{
@@ -934,26 +929,26 @@
}
{
\int_gincr:N\g_@@_graphic_int
- \tl_set:Nx\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl {_@@_graphic_\int_use:N \g_@@_graphic_int}
+ \tl_set:Ne\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl {_@@_graphic_\int_use:N \g_@@_graphic_int}
\@@_graphic_savepos:e { \l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl }
- \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne \g_@@_graphic_lx_tl
{
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n
- { \@@_ref_value:enn {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{xpos}{0}sp }
+ { \property_ref:een {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{xpos}{0}sp }
}
- \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne \g_@@_graphic_ly_tl
{
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n
- { \@@_ref_value:enn {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{ypos}{0}sp - \dp\@picbox }
+ { \property_ref:een {\l_@@_graphic_currentlabel_tl}{ypos}{0}sp - \dp\@picbox }
}
- \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne \g_@@_graphic_ux_tl
{
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n
{
\g_@@_graphic_lx_tl bp + \wd\@picbox
}
}
- \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
+ \tl_gset:Ne \g_@@_graphic_uy_tl
{
\dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n
{
@@ -1044,7 +1039,7 @@
\int_compare:nNnT
{\g_shipout_readonly_int}
=
- {\@@_ref_value:enn{_@@_graphic_#6}{abspage}{0}}
+ {\property_ref:een{_@@_graphic_#6}{abspage}{0}}
{
\put
(#1 bp,\dim_eval:n{-\paperheight + \dim_eval:n{#2 bp}})
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdf
index 03f3d0b3f5..bf57d1bd95 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.dtx
index d593f93320..285471addc 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.dtx
@@ -164,8 +164,6 @@
% presumably)\\
% - Math environments created with \pkg{ltcmd} [commands] should not be copied, . . .\\
% - Package authors should be able to manually set up math environments with a public boolean.}
-%
-% \item
% \end{enumerate}
%
%
@@ -243,6 +241,8 @@
% Or do we need an extra storage tl?}
%
% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_grabbed_env_tl, \g_@@_grabbed_math_tl}
+% \cs{g_@@_grabbed_env_tl} contains the name of the math environment (\texttt{math} in the case
+% of inline math, \cs{g_@@_grabbed_math_tl} the math content.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_grabbed_env_tl
\tl_new:N \g_@@_grabbed_math_tl
@@ -312,8 +312,9 @@
% fairly simple this one
% \end{macrocode}
% We do not want math tagging in fakemath or when measuring,
-% so we imitate the test inside
-% \cs{@@_process:nn} for now, see https://github.com/latex3/tagging-project/issues/5
+% so we imitate the test inside \cs{@@_process:nn} for now,
+% see https://github.com/latex3/tagging-project/issues/5
+% TODO: use socket to get more control about typesetting variants (tagged, drop etc)?
% \begin{macrocode}
\legacy_if:nTF { measuring@ }
{ #1 $ }
@@ -327,8 +328,7 @@
\@kernel@math@end
\tagmcbegin{} % restart P-chunk (whatsits in pdftex)
}
- }
-
+ }
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -715,7 +715,6 @@
{ $ }
}
{
- \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_collected_bool
\@@_grab_inline:w
}
} % \(
@@ -796,16 +795,16 @@
\tl_gset:Nx\tmpmathcontent
{
LaTeX~ formula~ starts~
- \exp_not:N\begin{\g__math_grabbed_env_tl}
+ \exp_not:N\begin{\g_@@_grabbed_env_tl}
\space
- \exp_not:V\g__math_grabbed_math_tl
+ \exp_not:V\g_@@_grabbed_math_tl
\space
- \exp_not:N\end{\g__math_grabbed_env_tl}
+ \exp_not:N\end{\g_@@_grabbed_env_tl}
\space LaTeX~ formula~ ends~
}
\tagstructbegin{tag=Formula,
AFinline-o=\tmpmathcontent,
- title-o=\g__math_grabbed_env_tl,
+ title-o=\g_@@_grabbed_env_tl,
actualtext=\tmpmathcontent
% alt=\tmpmathcontent
}
@@ -1220,10 +1219,10 @@
\tl_new:N \result
\cs_new_protected:Npn\grabaformulapartandstart {
- \@@_split_at_nl:NN \g__math_grabbed_math_tl \result
+ \@@_split_at_nl:NN \g_@@_grabbed_math_tl \result
\typeout{====>first-result=\meaning\result}
- \typeout{====>first-tmpmathcontent=\meaning\g__math_grabbed_math_tl}
- \tl_if_empty:NTF \g__math_grabbed_math_tl
+ \typeout{====>first-tmpmathcontent=\meaning\g_@@_grabbed_math_tl}
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_grabbed_math_tl
{
\typeout{====>formula~ has~ no~ subparts}
\global\@subformulasfalse
@@ -1231,7 +1230,7 @@
{
\typeout{====>formula~ has~ subparts}
\global\@subformulastrue
- \edef\resulttitle{\g__math_grabbed_env_tl\space (part)}
+ \edef\resulttitle{\g_@@_grabbed_env_tl\space (part)}
\tagstructbegin{tag=Formula,
% \end{macrocode}
% For now we don't put anything in /alt or /ActualText on subformulas
@@ -1244,16 +1243,16 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn\grabaformulapartandmayberestart {
- \@@_split_at_nl:NN \g__math_grabbed_math_tl \result
+ \@@_split_at_nl:NN \g_@@_grabbed_math_tl \result
\typeout{====>result=\meaning\result}
- \typeout{====>tmpmathcontent=\meaning\g__math_grabbed_math_tl}
-% \tl_if_empty:NTF \g__math_grabbed_math_tl
+ \typeout{====>tmpmathcontent=\meaning\g_@@_grabbed_math_tl}
+% \tl_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_grabbed_math_tl
% {
% \typeout{====>tmpmathcontent=empty}
% }
% {
% \typeout{====>tmpmathcontent=not-empty}
- \edef\resulttitle{\g__math_grabbed_env_tl\space (part)}
+ \edef\resulttitle{\g_@@_grabbed_env_tl\space (part)}
\tagstructbegin{tag=Formula,
alt=\result,
title-o=\resulttitle
@@ -1272,7 +1271,7 @@
\if@subformulas
\ifmeasuring@\else
%
- \tl_if_empty:NF \g__math_grabbed_math_tl
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_grabbed_math_tl
{
\tagmcend
\tagstructend
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.pdf
index f68397d94a..deab5ad914 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-math.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdf
index a8c65f5f9c..dbfcb0815b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdf
index 8dec843fe9..97026901d6 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.dtx
index bbd40a3c52..1d3ee828aa 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.dtx
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
%
% for those people who are interested or want to report an issue.
%
-\def\ltlabminipagedate{2023-08-20}
-\def\ltlabminipageversion{0.81b}
+\def\ltlabminipagedate{2023-10-30}
+\def\ltlabminipageversion{0.81c}
%<*driver>
\documentclass{l3doc}
\EnableCrossrefs
@@ -49,12 +49,21 @@
%
% \section{Introduction}
%
-% How to tag minipages and parboxes is still under discussion.
+% How to best tag minipages and parboxes is still under discussion.
% But as they start and contain paragraphs it is clear that
-% hooks are needed to interrupt and restart the tagging.
+% some sockets are needed to interrupt and restart the tagging.
%
-% The tagging added is currently quite simple minded. See the todo-testfiles and the
-% code comments for some open points.
+% The tagging added is currently quite simple-minded. See the
+% todo-testfiles and the code comments for some open points.
+%
+% One of the main problems is how to properly embed them in the
+% surrounding. When used in normal text (in a paragraph) they
+% typically should close the \texttt{text} structure and reopen one
+% at the end. But when used inside low-level \cs{vbox} or \cs{hbox}
+% this is often wrong. The code uses now there two sockets
+% \texttt{tagsupport/parbox/before} and
+% \texttt{tagsupport/parbox/after} which can be set to noop, if
+% necessary.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
@@ -82,12 +91,13 @@
\def\@kernel@init@minipage{}
\def\@kernel@init@parbox{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% We need a few hooks.
+% We use sockets for the tag support code, as there will be cases where we want
+% to exchange the content or disable it.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@kernel@before@minipage{}
-\def\@kernel@after@minipage{}
-\def\@kernel@before@parbox{}
-\def\@kernel@after@parbox{}
+\socket_new:nn {tagsupport/minipage/before}{0}
+\socket_new:nn {tagsupport/minipage/after} {0}
+\socket_new:nn {tagsupport/parbox/before} {0}
+\socket_new:nn {tagsupport/parbox/after}{0}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Patch minipage}
@@ -106,16 +116,16 @@
\setlength\@tempdima{#4}%
\def\@mpargs{{#1}{#2}[#3]{#4}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% insert the hook
+% insert the socket
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@kernel@before@minipage% new
+ \socket_use:n{tagsupport/minipage/before}% new
\setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
\color@begingroup
\hsize\@tempdima
\textwidth\hsize \columnwidth\hsize
\@parboxrestore
\def\@mpfn{mpfootnote}\def\thempfn{\thempfootnote}\c@mpfootnote\z@
- \AssignSocketPlug{fntext/process}{mp}%
+ \socket_assign_plug:nn{fntext/process}{mp}%
\let\@listdepth\@mplistdepth \@mplistdepth\z@
\@minipagerestore
\@setminipage}
@@ -135,13 +145,13 @@
\color@endgroup
\egroup
% \end{macrocode}
-% as the parbox command is called, we must prevent that it adds its additional
-% tagging commands:
+% As the parbox command is called, we must prevent that it adds its
+% additional tagging commands:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tag_stop:n{minipage}
\expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
\tag_start:n{minipage}
- \@kernel@after@minipage%new end ...
+ \socket_use:n{tagsupport/minipage/after} %new end ...
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -152,7 +162,7 @@
\leavevmode
\@pboxswfalse
\setlength\@tempdima{#4}%
- \@kernel@before@parbox% new
+ \socket_use:n{tagsupport/parbox/before}
\@begin@tempboxa\vbox{\hsize\@tempdima\@parboxrestore#5\@@par}%
\ifx\relax#2\else
\setlength\@tempdimb{#2}%
@@ -167,7 +177,7 @@
\csname bm@#3\endcsname}%
\if@pboxsw \m@th$\fi
\@end@tempboxa%
- \@kernel@after@parbox%new end
+ \socket_use:n{tagsupport/parbox/after}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -176,7 +186,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l__ltboxes_tag_tl
\tl_set:Nn \l__ltboxes_tag_tl {Div}
-\cs_set_protected:Npn\@kernel@before@minipage
+\socket_new_plug:nnn{tagsupport/minipage/before}{tag/dflt}
{
% \end{macrocode}
% As there was a \cs{leavevmode} before that is a P/text open that we have to close.
@@ -185,14 +195,27 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% TODO: the P can be further up, we need a proper method to test and handle this.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \tag_struct_begin:n{tag=\l__ltboxes_tag_tl}}
-\cs_set_protected:Npn\@kernel@after@minipage
+ \tag_struct_begin:n{tag=\l__ltboxes_tag_tl}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% similar for the other sockets:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\socket_new_plug:nnn{tagsupport/minipage/after}{tag/dflt}
{\tag_struct_end:\tag_struct_begin:n{tag=\l__tag_para_tag_tl}\tag_mc_begin_pop:n{}}
-\cs_set_protected:Npn\@kernel@before@parbox
+
+\socket_new_plug:nnn{tagsupport/parbox/before}{tag/dflt}
{\tag_mc_end_push:\tag_struct_end:\tag_struct_begin:n{tag=\l__ltboxes_tag_tl}}
-\cs_set_protected:Npn\@kernel@after@parbox
+
+\socket_new_plug:nnn{tagsupport/parbox/after}{tag/dflt}
{\tag_struct_end:\tag_struct_begin:n{tag=\l__tag_para_tag_tl}\tag_mc_begin_pop:n{}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% Activate the default tagging plug
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\socket_assign_plug:nn{tagsupport/minipage/before}{tag/dflt}
+\socket_assign_plug:nn{tagsupport/minipage/after} {tag/dflt}
+\socket_assign_plug:nn{tagsupport/parbox/before} {tag/dflt}
+\socket_assign_plug:nn{tagsupport/parbox/after} {tag/dflt}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdf
index ac235aef7d..c91e93f2fc 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-namespace.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-namespace.pdf
index e0c02494ca..ff8e705be3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-namespace.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-namespace.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdf
index 3f68d29e3e..e670627022 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdf
index 2846071100..13f4fa1265 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.dtx
index d20c55624b..ae7a0b85c3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.dtx
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
%
% for those people who are interested or want to report an issue.
%
-\def\ltlabsecdate{2023-07-20}
-\def\ltlabsecversion{0.84a}
+\def\ltlabsecdate{2023-10-16}
+\def\ltlabsecversion{0.84b}
%<*driver>
\documentclass{l3doc}
\EnableCrossrefs
@@ -517,12 +517,10 @@
}
}
{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The relation target-struct is stored internally by the MakeLinkTarget commands
+% \begin{macrocode}
\MakeLinkTarget[chapter]{}
- %todo public function for this update!
- \tl_if_blank:VF \@currentHref
- {
- \prop_gput:Nxx \g__tag_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
- }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% The main call to the underlying commands.
@@ -578,10 +576,6 @@
}
{
\MakeLinkTarget[part]{}
- \tl_if_blank:VF \@currentHref
- {
- \prop_gput:Nxx \g__tag_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
- }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% The main call to the underlying commands.
@@ -633,18 +627,14 @@
% probably need something slightly different based on \cs{MakeLinkTarget}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@hyp@section@target@nnn #1 #2 #3 %#1 optarg #2 name/counter, #3 indent
- {
- \makebox[0pt][l]
+ {
+ \makebox[0pt][l]
{
\skip_set:Nn \@tempskipa {#3}
\dim_compare:nNnF {\@tempskipa}<{0pt}{\kern-\@tempskipa}
\MakeLinkTarget#1{#2}
}
- \tl_if_blank:VF \@currentHref
- {
- \prop_gput:Nxx \g__tag_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
- }
- }
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdf
index ca042a4314..4dc549e7c9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..700d4ce6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,1975 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+%% File: latex-lab-table.dtx (C) Copyright 2023 LaTeX Project
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+% of this license is in the file
+%
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+%
+% The development version of the bundle can be found below
+%
+% https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/required/latex-lab
+%
+% for those people who are interested or want to report an issue.
+%
+\def\ltlabtbldate{2023-10-30}
+\def\ltlabtblversion{0.85d}
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{latex-lab-table.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \providecommand\hook[1]{\texttt{#1\DescribeHook[noprint]{#1}}}
+% \providecommand\socket[1]{\texttt{#1\DescribeSocket[noprint]{#1}}}
+% \providecommand\plug[1]{\texttt{#1\DescribePlug[noprint]{#1}}}
+%
+% \NewDocElement[printtype=\textit{socket},idxtype=socket,idxgroup=Sockets]{Socket}{socketdecl}
+% \NewDocElement[printtype=\textit{hook},idxtype=hook,idxgroup=Hooks]{Hook}{hookdecl}
+% \NewDocElement[printtype=\textit{plug},idxtype=plug,idxgroup=Plugs]{Plug}{plugdecl}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{latex-lab-table} package\\
+% Changes related to the tagging of tables}
+% \author{Frank \& Ulrike, \LaTeX{} Project\thanks{Initial implementation done by Frank Mittelbach}}
+% \date{v\ltlabtblversion\ \ltlabtbldate}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \newcommand{\xt}[1]{\textsl{\textsf{#1}}}
+% \newcommand{\TODO}[1]{\textbf{[TODO:} #1\textbf{]}}
+% \newcommand{\docclass}{document class \marginpar{\raggedright document class
+% customizations}}
+%
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% The following code implements a first draft for the tagging of
+% tables. It still has a large number of limitations and restrictions!
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section{Documentation}
+%
+% In \LaTeX{} the word \texttt{table} is used as the name of the float environment that can contain
+% a data table\footnote{But it does not really have to, you can put
+% other material into such environments.} along with a caption and some additional text. The environments for
+% actual data tables have various names like \texttt{tabular}, \texttt{tabular*},
+% \texttt{tabularx} and \texttt{longtable}---the last should not be used inside a float
+% and supports its own caption command.
+%
+% In this documentation \enquote{table} always means such data tables and not the float
+% environment.
+%
+% Tagging of tables is on one side doesn't look very difficult: one only has to
+% surround rows and cells by TR and TH or TD structures.
+% But there are difficulties:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% One is that over the years various packages related to tables have
+% been written that all change some of the internals. Inserting the
+% tagging commands and testing all the variants and various nestings
+% is not trivial.
+%
+% \item
+% The other difficulty is that most of the existing environments to
+% create tables do not know the concept of headers as a semantic
+% structures.
+%
+% \item
+% Headers are only produced through visual formatting, e.g., by
+% making them bold or by underlying some color. But accessible
+% tables need headers (and the PDF/UA standards requires them) and
+% this means that additional syntax to declare headers (when they
+% can't be guessed) must be developed. This is still an area for
+% research.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% Right now, this module therefore does implement only some basic
+% support for the tagging of tables. A list of the known limitations
+% is shown below.
+%
+% The module is not loaded automatically (i.e., not yet integrated
+% into any \texttt{phase-XX}) and by itself it doesn't activate
+% tagging. For experimenting with table tagging it is therefore best
+% to load it in combination
+% with phase-III in \cs{DocumentMetadata}, i.e.:
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \DocumentMetadata{testphase={phase-III,table}}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% It will then automatically tag all table environments it already supports with
+% the exception of tables in the header and footer of the page (where tagging is disabled).
+% Such tables can be nested.
+%
+% If a table should not be tagged as table, for example because it is merely used
+% to produce a layout or because it is a not yet (fully) supported table structure,
+% the tagging can be disabled with
+% \verb|\tagpdfsetup{table-tagging=false}|.
+%
+% Inside cells the automatic tagging of paragraphs is disabled with the exception of
+% p/m/b-type cells.
+%
+% Rows do not need to contain a full number of \&, missing cells are automatically
+% added with an empty TD-structure.
+%
+% There is some basic support\footnote{This is not meant to be the
+% final interface, though.} for headers. With
+% \begin{quote}
+% \verb|\tagpdfsetup{table-header-rows={|\meta{list of row numbers}\verb|}|
+% \end{quote}
+% you can
+% declare which (absolute) row numbers should be tagged as header rows.
+% It applies to all tables until it is changed to a different list of row numbers or undone by setting
+% the key to \meta{empty}.
+% A row number can be
+% negative, then the counting starts from the end of the table. There is no support
+% for header columns yet. In a \env{longtable} the code will currently use the \cs{endhead} or
+% \cs{endfirsthead} rows as header if one of these commands has been
+% used and in that case the code
+% ignores a \texttt{table-header-rows} setting.
+%
+% You should not insert meaningful text with \verb+!{...}+ or \verb+@{...}+ or \cs{noalign}
+% between the rows or columns of the table.
+% With pdflatex such text will be unmarked, with lualatex it will be marked as artifact.
+% Either case means that it will be currently ignored in the
+% structure.\footnote{While it is theoretically possible
+% to collect such text and move it into a structure it would require manual markup
+% from the author to clarify where this text belongs too.}
+%
+% As mentioned below the \pkg{colortbl} doesn't yet work properly with the tagging,
+% but once it does, then colors inside the table will probably be
+% simply ignored (at least initially). If such a color
+% has a semantic meaning (like \enquote{important value}) this meaning will be lost.
+%
+% Feedback and problems with the code can be reported at
+% \url{https://github.com/latex3/tagging-project} either in form of
+% explicit issues or as a \enquote{discussion topic}, whatever works best.
+%
+%
+% \section{Limitations}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item The code loads the \pkg{array} package and so does not work without it (that is
+% not really a limitation, but can affect existing tables).
+%
+% \item It supports only a restricted number of tables types. Currently
+% \env{tabular}, \env{tabular*}, \env{tabularx}, and \env{longtable}.
+%
+% \item the \env{array} environment is assumed to be part of math and tagging as a table is disabled for
+% it.
+%
+% \item Row spans are not yet supported (and the \pkg{multirow} package is untested).
+%
+% \item The \pkg{colortbl} package breaks tagging if there are nested tables. It also breaks
+% the filling up of incomplete rows.
+%
+% \item The \pkg{tabularray} package use a completed different
+% method to create tables and will not be supported by this code.
+%
+% \item The \pkg{nicematrix} package is currently incompatible.
+%
+% \item Most other packages related to tables in \LaTeX{} are not yet tested,
+% that includes packages that change rules like \pkg{booktabs}, \pkg{hhline},
+% \pkg{arydshln}, \pkg{hvdashln}.
+%
+% \item \env{longtable} currently only works with lualatex.
+% With other engines it breaks as its output
+% routine clashes with the code which closes open MC-chunks at pagebreaks and
+% if this is resolved there will probably be problems with the head and foot boxes
+% (but this can't be tested currently).
+%
+% \item Not every table should be tagged as a Table structure, often they are
+% only used as layout help, e.g. to align authors in a title pages. In such uses
+% the tagging of the table must be deactivated with \verb|\tagpdfsetup{table-tagging=false}|.
+%
+% \item Only simple header rows are currently supported. Columns and complex headers with
+% subheaders will be handled later as that needs some syntax changes. Tables
+% with more than one header row are probably not pdf/UA as the headers array in
+% the cells is missing.
+%
+% \item A \pkg{longtable} \cs{caption} is currently simply formatted as a multicolumn and
+% not tagged as a \texttt{Caption} structure.
+%
+% \item The \pkg{caption} package will quite probably break the \pkg{longtable} caption.
+%
+% \item The setup for \pkg{longtable} requires lots of patches to internal \pkg{longtable}
+% commands and so can easily break if other packages try to patch \pkg{longtable} too.
+%
+% \item The \env{longtable} environment supports footnotes in p-type columns, but it hasn't been
+% tested yet if this works also with the tagging code.
+%
+% \item The code is quite noisy and fills the log with lots of
+% messages.\footnote{Helpful for us at this stage.}
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+%
+% \section{Technical details and problems}
+%
+% The implementation has to take care of various details.
+%
+% \subsection{TODOs}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% Test \texttt{array-006-longtable.lvt} and
+% \texttt{array-007-longtable.lvt} have errors with pdftex (para
+% tagging)
+%
+% \item
+% Instead of before/after hooks we should add sockets directly
+% into the code.
+%
+% \item Debugging code and messages must be improved.
+%
+% \item Cells need an \texttt{Headers} array.
+%
+% \item Row spans should be supported (but perhaps need syntax support)
+%
+% \item Longtable captions should be properly supported.
+%
+% \item Handle p-cells better. para-tagging should probably be enabled,
+% but Part can't be a child of TD, so this should probably be changed to Div here.
+% Also there is a stray MC somewhere.
+%
+% \item More packages must be tested.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=tbl>
+%<*package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesExplPackage {latex-lab-testphase-table} {\ltlabtbldate} {\ltlabtblversion}
+ {Code related to the tagging of tables}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This builds on \pkg{array} so we load it by default:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{array}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Variables}
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \l_@@_celltag_tl
+% ,\l_@@_rowtag_tl
+% ,\l_@@_cellattribute_tl
+% ,\l_@@_rowattribute_tl
+% ,\g_@@_missingcells_int
+% ,\l_@@_tmpa_clist
+% ,\l_@@_tmpa_seq
+% ,\l_@@_tmpa_tl
+% }
+% This is for the celltag, e.g. TD or TH:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_celltag_tl
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_celltag_tl {TD}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For the rowtag, probably always TR:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_rowtag_tl
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rowtag_tl {TR}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And here cell and row attributes:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_cellattribute_tl
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_cellattribute_tl {}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_rowattribute_tl
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rowattribute_tl {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This will contain the number of missing cells used:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_@@_missing_cells_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Temp variables
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+\seq_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_seq
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Sockets}
+%
+% The code uses a number of sockets to inject the tagging
+% commands. These can be easily set to a noop-plug in case the
+% automated tagging is not wanted At first sockets for the begin and
+% end of cells and rows
+%
+% \begin{socketdecl}{tagsupport/tblcell/begin,
+% tagsupport/tblcell/end,
+% tagsupport/tblrow/begin,
+% tagsupport/tblrow/end,
+% }
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{0}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{0}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblrow/begin}{0}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblrow/end}{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{socketdecl}
+%
+% \begin{socketdecl}{tagsupport/tbl/init}
+% This socket should be at the begin of the table, inside a group.
+% It is meant for settings like disabling paratagging. This socket
+% can perhaps be merged later into the begin-sockets when they are
+% no longer added as hooks but in the environment definitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tbl/init}{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{socketdecl}
+%
+%
+% \begin{socketdecl}{tagsupport/tbl/finalize}
+% To fine tune the structure (change cells to header cells, remove
+% unwanted structures, move a foot to the end, etc.) we also need a
+% socket that is executed at the end of the table but \emph{before}
+% all the variables are restored to the outer or default values.
+% The code in the socket can make assignments, but probably
+% shouldn't do typesetting and not write whatsits.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tbl/finalize}{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{socketdecl}
+%
+% \begin{socketdecl}{tagsupport/tbl/finalize/longtable}
+% \env{longtable} needs its own socket to fine tune the structure.
+% Simply switching the plug in the previous socket interferes with
+% enabling/disabling the tagging.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tbl/finalize/longtable}{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{socketdecl}
+%
+% \begin{socketdecl}{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin,
+% tagsupport/tblhmode/end,
+% tagsupport/tblvmode/begin,
+% tagsupport/tblvmode/end
+% }
+%
+% These sockets are used in the begin and end code of environments,
+% to allow a fast enabling and disabling of the tagging. We
+% distinguish between tables that can be used inside paragraphs and
+% standalone tables like longtable.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin}{0}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/end}{0}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblvmode/begin}{0}
+\NewSocket{tagsupport/tblvmode/end}{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{socketdecl}
+%
+% This are the standard plugs for tagging of cells and rows.
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{TD}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{TD}
+ {
+ \tag_struct_begin:n
+ {
+ tag =\l_@@_celltag_tl,
+ attribute-class =\l_@@_cellattribute_tl
+ }
+ \seq_gput_right:Ne \g_@@_struct_cur_seq { \tag_get:n {struct_num} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% we store the cells of multicolumns as negative number. This allow to skip them
+% or to use them as needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_step_inline:nn { \g_@@_span_tl - 1 }
+ {
+ \seq_gput_right:Ne \g_@@_struct_cur_seq { -\tag_get:n {struct_num} }
+ }
+ \tag_mc_begin:n{}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{TD}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{TD}
+ {
+ \tag_mc_end:
+ \tag_struct_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% In p-columns we need a slightly different plug which reactivates the
+% paragraph tagging.
+% tagging
+% \begin{plugdecl}{TD}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{TDpbox}
+ {
+ \tag_struct_begin:n
+ {
+ tag =\l__tbl_celltag_tl,
+ attribute-class =\l__tbl_cellattribute_tl
+ }
+ \seq_gput_right:Ne \g__tbl_struct_cur_seq { \tag_get:n {struct_num} }
+ \int_step_inline:nn { \g__tbl_span_tl - 1 }
+ {
+ \seq_gput_right:Ne \g__tbl_struct_cur_seq { -\tag_get:n {struct_num} }
+ }
+ \tagpdfparaOn
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__tag_para_main_tag_tl {Div}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{TD}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{TDpbox}
+ {
+ \tag_struct_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{TR}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblrow/begin}{TR}
+ {
+ \seq_gclear:N \g_@@_struct_cur_seq
+ \tag_struct_begin:n
+ {
+ tag =\l_@@_rowtag_tl,
+ attribute-class=\l_@@_rowattribute_tl
+ }
+ \seq_gput_right:Ne \g_@@_struct_rows_seq { \tag_get:n {struct_num} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{TR}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblrow/end}{TR}
+ {
+ \__tag_tbl_add_missing_cells:n { \g_@@_missing_cells_int }
+ \seq_gput_right:Ne \g_@@_struct_cells_seq
+ {
+ \seq_use:Nn \g_@@_struct_cur_seq {,}
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnTF { \g_@@_row_int } = { \seq_count:N\g_@@_struct_cells_seq }
+ {
+ \typeout
+ {==>~
+ stucture~stored~for~row~\int_use:N\g_@@_row_int :~
+ \seq_use:Nn \g_@@_struct_cur_seq {,}
+ }
+ }
+ { \ERROR } % should not happen ...
+ \tag_struct_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% And the plugs for the table as whole. The code can be different for
+% normal tables which can also be used inline and nested and
+% \enquote{vmode} tables like longtable.
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{Table}
+% Inside a table we currently only disable paratagging. We assume
+% that these sockets are in an environment group, so there is no
+% need to reenable paratagging.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/init}{Table}
+ {
+ \tag_if_active:T
+ {
+ \bool_set_false:N \l__tag_para_bool
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{Table}
+% This plug will fine tune the structure.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/finalize}{Table}
+ {
+ \@@_set_header_rows:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{Table}
+% This plug will fine tune the structure of longtable.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/finalize/longtable}{Table}
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If neither \cs{endhead} nor \cs{endfirsthead} has been used
+% we use the standard header command:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \seq_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_LT@head_rows_seq }
+ { \seq_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_LT@firsthead_rows_seq }
+ { \@@_set_header_rows: }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise, if firsthead has not been used we use head. For this
+% we simple retrieve the row numbers and then call the header
+% command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \seq_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_LT@firsthead_rows_seq
+ {
+ \clist_set:Ne \l_@@_header_rows_clist
+ {\seq_use:Nn \g_@@_LT@head_rows_seq {,}}
+ \@@_set_header_rows:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In the other case we use firsthead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \clist_set:Ne \l_@@_header_rows_clist
+ { \seq_use:Nn \g_@@_LT@firsthead_rows_seq {,} }
+ \@@_set_header_rows:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Additionally we have to remove the head to avoid duplication. The
+% one option here is to remove the rows from the kid sequence of
+% the table (which will lead to orphaned structure elements), the
+% other to make them artifact. For now we use the first option for
+% pdf 1.7 and the second for pdf 2.0.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pdf_version_compare:NnTF < {2.0}
+ {
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_LT@head_rows_seq
+ {
+ \seq_gset_item:cnn
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ { ##1 }
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Not sure if needed, but if needed we can remove also the P tag.
+% This is currently disabled as it produce warnings. TODO: This
+% needs also a tagpdf command which takes care of debug code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ { \seq_item:Nn\g_@@_struct_rows_seq {##1} }
+ \prop_if_exist:cT
+ { g__tag_struct_ \l_@@_tmpa_tl _prop }
+ {
+ %\prop_gremove:cn {g__tag_struct_ \l_@@_tmpa_tl _prop} {P}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_LT@head_rows_seq
+ {
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ { \seq_item:Nn\g_@@_struct_rows_seq {##1} }
+ \prop_if_exist:cT
+ { g__tag_struct_ \l_@@_tmpa_tl _prop }
+ {
+ \@@_struct_prop_gput:Vnn \l_@@_tmpa_tl {S}{/Artifact}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The foot is handled similar, the difference is
+% that we have to move it to the end one of them
+% is not empty, but do nothing if they aren't there.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnF
+ { \seq_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_LT@foot_rows_seq }
+ { \seq_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_LT@lastfoot_rows_seq }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If lastfoot is empty move foot to the end.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \seq_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_LT@lastfoot_rows_seq
+ {
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_LT@foot_rows_seq
+ {
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ {
+ \seq_item:cn
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ {##1}
+ }
+ \seq_gset_item:cnn
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ { ##1 }
+ {}
+ \seq_gput_right:cV
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If lastfoot is not empty we move that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_LT@lastfoot_rows_seq
+ {
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ {
+ \seq_item:cn
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ {##1}
+ }
+ \seq_gset_item:cnn
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ { ##1 }
+ {}
+ \seq_gput_right:cV
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% and we hide foot
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pdf_version_compare:NnTF < {2.0}
+ {
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_LT@foot_rows_seq
+ {
+ \seq_gset_item:cnn
+ {g__tag_struct_kids_ \g_@@_struct_table_tl _seq}
+ { ##1 }
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Not sure if needed, but if needed we can remove also the P tag.
+% This is currently disabled as it produce warnings.
+% TODO: This needs also
+% a tagpdf command which takes care of debug code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ { \seq_item:Nn\g_@@_struct_rows_seq {##1} }
+ \prop_if_exist:cT
+ { g__tag_struct_ \l_@@_tmpa_tl _prop }
+ {
+ %\prop_gremove:cn {g__tag_struct_ \l_@@_tmpa_tl _prop} {P}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_LT@foot_rows_seq
+ {
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ { \seq_item:Nn\g_@@_struct_rows_seq {##1} }
+ \prop_if_exist:cT
+ { g__tag_struct_ \l_@@_tmpa_tl _prop }
+ {
+ \@@_struct_prop_gput:Vnn \l_@@_tmpa_tl {S}{/Artifact}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{Table}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin}{Table}
+ {
+ \mode_leave_vertical:
+ \tag_mc_end_push:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Close the P-chunk. This assumes that para-tagging is active.
+% For nested tables that is not necessarly true, so we test for it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnT
+ { \bool_if_exist_p:N \l__tag_para_bool } { \l__tag_para_bool }
+ { \tag_struct_end:n { text } }
+ \tag_struct_begin:n {tag=Table}
+ \tl_gset:Ne \g_@@_struct_table_tl { \tag_get:n {struct_num} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{Table}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblhmode/end}{Table}
+ {
+ \tag_struct_end:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% reopen the P-chunk. This assumes that para-tagging is active.
+% For nested tables that is not necessarly true, so we test for it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnT
+ { \bool_if_exist_p:N \l__tag_para_bool } { \l__tag_para_bool }
+ { \tag_struct_begin:n { tag=\l__tag_para_tag_tl } }
+ \tag_mc_begin_pop:n{}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{Table}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblvmode/begin}{Table}
+ {
+ \tag_struct_begin:n {tag=Table}
+ \tl_gset:Ne \g_@@_struct_table_tl { \tag_get:n {struct_num} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+% \begin{plugdecl}{Table}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblvmode/end}{Table}
+ {
+ \tag_struct_end:
+ \par
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{plugdecl}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%\subsection{Environments}
+%
+% Currently only tabular, tabular*, tabularx and longtable.
+% We must use the \texttt{before} and \texttt{after} hooks as the \texttt{end}
+% hook is executed before the end of the last row and then MC are messed up.
+% This means that this sockets should only contain code that doesn't needs to be
+% grouped!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{env/tabular/before} {\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin}}
+\AddToHook{env/tabular/after} {\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/end}}
+\AddToHook{env/tabular*/before} {\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin}}
+\AddToHook{env/tabular*/after} {\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/end}}
+\AddToHook{env/tabularx/before} {\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin}}
+\AddToHook{env/tabularx/after} {\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblhmode/end}}
+\AddToHook{env/longtable/before}{\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblvmode/begin}}
+\AddToHook{env/longtable/after} {\UseSocket{tagsupport/tblvmode/end}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The \env{array} environment is math. So we disable table tagging for now.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{env/array/begin} {\__tag_tbl_disable:}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Interfaces to tagging}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Tagging helper commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_colspan:n}
+% This commands takes a number, checks if is larger than one,
+% checks if the colspan attribute exists (we can't predefine an
+% arbitrary number), and updates \cs{l_@@_cellattribute_tl}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tag_if_active:T
+ { \cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tag_attr_new_entry:nn {ee} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_colspan:n #1
+ {
+ \tag_if_active:T
+ {
+ \int_compare:nNnT {#1}>{1}
+ {
+ \prop_get:NeNF \g__tag_attr_entries_prop
+ {colspan-\int_eval:n{#1}}
+ \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ {
+ \__tag_attr_new_entry:ee
+ {colspan-\int_eval:n{#1}}
+ {/O /Table /ColSpan~\int_eval:n{#1}}
+ }
+ \tl_set:Ne \l_@@_cellattribute_tl
+ {colspan-\int_eval:n{#1}}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Disabling/enabling}
+%
+% For now we have only the option true/false but this will probably be extended
+% to allow different setups like first row header etc.
+
+% \begin{macro}{\__tag_tbl_disable:}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tag_tbl_disable:
+ {
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblrow/begin}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblrow/end}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/init}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/finalize}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/finalize/longtable}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblhmode/end}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblvmode/begin}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblvmode/end}{noop}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\__tag_tbl_enable:}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tag_tbl_enable:
+ {
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{TD}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{TD}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblrow/begin}{TR}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblrow/end}{TR}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/init}{Table}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/finalize}{Table}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tbl/finalize/longtable}{Table}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblhmode/begin}{Table}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblhmode/end}{Table}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblvmode/begin}{Table}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblvmode/end}{Table}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% TODO decide about key name
+\keys_define:nn { __tag / setup }
+ {
+ table-tagging .choices:nn = { true, on }
+ { \__tag_tbl_enable: },
+ table-tagging .choices:nn = { false, off }
+ { \__tag_tbl_disable: },
+ table-tagging .default:n = true,
+ table-tagging .initial:n = true
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Table tagging should be disabled in the head and foot.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{begindocument}
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:NT \@kernel@before@head
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nn \@kernel@before@head {\__tag_tbl_disable:}
+ \tl_put_right:Nn \@kernel@before@foot {\__tag_tbl_disable:}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Header support}
+%
+% Accessible table must have header cells declaring the meaning of the
+% data in a row or column. To allow a data cell to find it header cell(s)
+% a number of things must be done:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item every cell meant as a header should use the tag \texttt{TH}.
+%
+% \item header cells should have a \texttt{Scope} attribute with the
+% value \texttt{Column}, \texttt{Row} or \texttt{Both}. This is not
+% needed in the first row or column of a table.
+%
+% \item For more complex cases both \texttt{TD} and \texttt{TH} cell
+% can contain a \texttt{Headers} attribute, that is an array of
+% \texttt{ID}s of \texttt{TH} cell.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% For now we support only header rows.
+%
+% At first we define attributes for the three standard cases:
+% We delay to begin document
+% as we can't know if tagpdf is already loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{begindocument}
+ {
+ \tag_if_active:T
+ {
+ \tagpdfsetup
+ {
+ newattribute =
+ {TH-col}{/O /Table /Scope /Column},
+ newattribute =
+ {TH-row}{/O /Table /Scope /Row},
+ newattribute =
+ {TH-both}{/O /Table /Scope /Both},
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% And we put all three into the class map (perhaps the next tagpdf
+% should do that directly with newattribute):
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \seq_gput_left:Ne\g__tag_attr_class_used_seq
+ {\pdf_name_from_unicode_e:n{TH-col}}
+ \seq_gput_left:Ne\g__tag_attr_class_used_seq
+ {\pdf_name_from_unicode_e:n{TH-row}}
+ \seq_gput_left:Ne\g__tag_attr_class_used_seq
+ {\pdf_name_from_unicode_e:n{TH-both}}
+ }
+ }
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_header_rows_clist}
+% This holds the numbers of the header rows. Negative numbers are
+% possible and count from the back.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_header_rows_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_header_rows:}
+% TEMP: Next tagpdf will have the right command which also updates
+% the debug info.
+% For now a temporary command:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_if_free:NTF \__tag_struct_prop_gput:nnn
+ {
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_struct_prop_gput:nnn #1#2#3
+ { \prop_gput:cnn { g__tag_struct_#1_prop }{#2}{#3} }
+ }
+ { \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_struct_prop_gput:nnn #1#2#3
+ { \__tag_struct_prop_gput:nnn {#1}{#2}{#3} }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_struct_prop_gput:nnn {nne,Vnn}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_header_rows:
+ {
+ \clist_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_header_rows_clist
+ {
+ \clist_set:Ne\l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ {
+ \seq_item:Nn \g_@@_struct_cells_seq {##1}
+ }
+ \clist_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We can have negative numbers in the list from the multicolumn.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_if_exist:cT { g__tag_struct_####1_prop }
+ {
+ \@@_struct_prop_gput:nnn{ ####1 }{S}{/TH}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This need refinement once row headers (and perhaps other attributes)
+% are used too, but for now it should be ok.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_get:cnNTF
+ { g__tag_struct_####1_prop }
+ { C }
+ \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ {\@@_struct_prop_gput:nne{ ####1 }{C}{[/TH-col~\l_@@_tmpa_tl]} }
+ {\@@_struct_prop_gput:nnn{ ####1 }{C}{/TH-col}}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% And some key support:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% TODO decide about key name
+\keys_define:nn { __tag / setup }
+ {
+ table-header-rows .clist_set:N = \l_@@_header_rows_clist
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Changes to \pkg{array} commands}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_show_curr_cell_data:}
+% Show the row/column index and span count for current table cell
+% for debugging.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_show_curr_cell_data: {
+ \typeout { ==>~ current~cell~data:~
+ \int_use:N \g_@@_row_int ,
+ \int_use:N \g_@@_col_int ,
+ \g_@@_span_tl
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\insert@column}
+% \cs{insert@column} is defined in \pkg{array}, here only the two
+% sockets are inserted.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\insert@column{%
+ \@@_show_curr_cell_data:
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}%
+ \the@toks \the \@tempcnta
+ \ignorespaces \@sharp \unskip
+ \the@toks \the \count@ \relax
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblcell/end}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@classz}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@classz{\@classx
+ \@tempcnta \count@
+ \prepnext@tok
+ \@addtopreamble{\ifcase \@chnum
+ \hfil
+ \hskip1sp%
+ \d@llarbegin
+ \insert@column
+ \d@llarend \do@row@strut \hfil \or
+ \hskip1sp\d@llarbegin \insert@column \d@llarend \do@row@strut \hfil \or
+ \hfil\hskip1sp\d@llarbegin \insert@column \d@llarend \do@row@strut \or
+ \setbox\ar@mcellbox\vbox
+ \@startpbox{\@nextchar}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{TDpbox}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{TDpbox}
+ \insert@column \@endpbox
+ \ar@align@mcell
+ \do@row@strut \or
+ \vtop \@startpbox{\@nextchar}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{TDpbox}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{TDpbox}
+ \insert@column \@endpbox\do@row@strut \or
+ \vbox \@startpbox{\@nextchar}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}{TDpbox}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/tblcell/end}{TDpbox}
+ \insert@column \@endpbox\do@row@strut
+ \fi}\prepnext@tok}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@array,\@@@@array}
+% We modificate the \cs{@array} from \pkg{array}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@array[#1]#2{%
+ \@tempdima \ht \strutbox
+ \advance \@tempdima by\extrarowheight
+ \setbox \@arstrutbox \hbox{\vrule
+ \@height \arraystretch \@tempdima
+ \@depth \arraystretch \dp \strutbox
+ \@width \z@}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The total number of table columns of the current table is
+% determined in \cs{@@_determine_table_cols:} but this is called in
+% a group, so local settings do not survive. Thus, to save away the
+% outer value of \cs{g_@@_table_cols_tl} we do it before the group.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_saved_table_cols_tl \g_@@_table_cols_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup
+ \@mkpream{#2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Next call has to happen immediately after \cs{@mkpream} because
+% it uses implementation details from that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_determine_table_cols:
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \xdef\@preamble{%
+ \noexpand
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{ialign} in the original definition is replaced by
+% \cs{ar@ialign} defined below.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ar@ialign
+ \@halignto
+ \bgroup \@arstrut
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A socket is inserted
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblrow/begin}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At the start of the preamble for the first column we set
+% \cs{g_@@_col_int} to \texttt{1} as we are no longer "at" but "in"
+% the first column. This is done in \cs{@@_init_cell_data:}. In
+% later columns this data is updated via \cs{@@_update_cell_data:}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_init_cell_data:
+ \@preamble
+ \tabskip \z@ \cr}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@arrayleft
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Another socket for tagging. TODO: what about \cs{arrayleft}?
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tbl/init}
+ \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b\vbox \else \vcenter \fi \fi
+ \bgroup
+ \let \@sharp ##\let \protect \relax
+ \lineskip \z@
+ \baselineskip \z@
+ \m@th
+ \let\\\@arraycr \let\tabularnewline\\\let\par\@empty
+%\show\@preamble
+ \@preamble}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally, also set \cs{@@@@array} to the new definition:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@@@@array\@array
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_init_cell_data:}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_init_cell_data: {
+ \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_col_int {1}
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_span_tl {1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_update_cell_data:}
+% Updating cell data in columns after the first means we have to
+% increment the \cs{g_@@_col_int} by the span count of the previous
+% cell (in case it was a \cs{multicolumn} and then reset the
+% \cs{g_@@_span_tl} to one (as the default).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_update_cell_data: {
+ \int_gadd:Nn \g_@@_col_int { \g_@@_span_tl }
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_span_tl {1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_determine_table_cols:}
+% Current implementation of \cs{@mkpream} uses the scratch counter
+% \cs{count@} to keep track of the number of toks registers it needs
+% (2 per column), but this can't be used as it counts also
+% insertings made with \verb+!{}+ and \verb+@{}+.
+% So similar as does longtable for \cs{LT@cols} we count the
+% numbers of ambersands instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_determine_table_cols: {
+ \seq_set_split:NnV\l_@@_tmpa_seq {&}\@preamble
+ \tl_gset:Ne \g_@@_table_cols_tl { \seq_count:N \l_@@_tmpa_seq }
+ \typeout{ ==>~ Table~ has~ \g_@@_table_cols_tl \space columns }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@arraycr}
+% Add code that figures out if the current table row is incomplete
+% (not enough \verb=&=s). It can then do extra actions, such as
+% inserting missing cell tags.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\protected\def\@arraycr{
+ \relax
+ \@@_store_missing_cells:n{@arraycr}
+ %
+ \iffalse{\fi\ifnum 0=`}\fi
+ \@ifstar \@xarraycr \@xarraycr}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_store_missing_cells:n,
+% \__tag_tbl_add_missing_cells:n}
+% The storing and use of the number of missing cells
+% must happen at different places as the testing happens at
+% the end of the last cell of a row, but
+% still inside that cell, so we use two commands. The second is used in
+% the endrow socket.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_store_missing_cells:n #1 {
+ \int_compare:nNnT \g_@@_col_int > 0
+ {
+ \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_missing_cells_int
+ {
+ \g_@@_table_cols_tl
+ - \g_@@_col_int
+ - \g_@@_span_tl
+ + 1
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnT \g_@@_missing_cells_int < 0 \ERROR % should not happen
+ \typeout{==>~
+ (#1)~
+ This~ row~ needs~
+ \int_use:N \g_@@_missing_cells_int \space
+ additional~ cell(s)
+ }
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \__tag_tbl_add_missing_cells:n #1
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The TD-socket messages are issued after the message about the end-row socket,
+% but the structure is ok, so better issue a message for now to avoid confusion:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_compare:nNnT {#1}>{0}
+ {
+ \typeout{==>~
+ ~Inserting~\int_eval:n{#1}~additional~cell(s)~into~previous~row:}
+ }
+ \int_step_inline:nn { #1 }
+ {
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblcell/begin}
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblcell/end}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\endarray}
+% If tables are nested into another then it is necessary to
+% restore information about the cell the inner table started
+% in. Otherwise, \cs{g_@@_row_int}, \cs{g_@@_col_int}, and
+% \cs{g_@@_span_tl} reflect the status in the outer table as they
+% are globally manipulated. We restore in all cases even if we are
+% not in a nesting situation as that makes the code simpler (and
+% probably faster).
+%
+% \cs{endtabular} and \cs{endtabular*} inherit from \cs{endarray}
+% so we only need to change that. \texttt{tabularx} is handled
+% below.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\endarray{
+ \@@_store_missing_cells:n{endarray}
+ \crcr \egroup
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tbl/finalize}
+ \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_col_int { \l_@@_saved_col_tl }
+ \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_row_int { \l_@@_saved_row_tl }
+ \tl_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_span_tl \l_@@_saved_span_tl
+ \tl_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_table_cols_tl \l_@@_saved_table_cols_tl
+ \tl_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_struct_table_tl \l_@@_saved_struct_table_tl
+ \seq_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_struct_rows_seq \l_@@_saved_struct_rows_seq
+ \seq_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_struct_cells_seq\l_@@_saved_struct_cells_seq
+ \seq_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_struct_cur_seq \l_@@_saved_struct_cur_seq
+ \typeout{==>~ restored~cell~data:~
+ \int_use:N \g_@@_row_int,
+ \int_use:N \g_@@_col_int,
+ \l_@@_saved_span_tl \space
+ (
+ \int_compare:nNnTF \g_@@_table_cols_tl = 0
+ { outer~ level }
+ { max:~ \g_@@_table_cols_tl }
+ )
+ }
+ \egroup
+ \@arrayright \gdef\@preamble{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@addamp}
+% If we are after the first column we have to insert a \verb=&= and
+% also update the cell data.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@addamp {
+ \if@firstamp
+ \@firstampfalse
+ \else
+ \edef\@preamble{\@preamble &
+ \@@_update_cell_data:
+ }
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \g_@@_col_int,
+% \g_@@_row_int,
+% \g_@@_span_tl,
+% \g_@@_table_cols_tl}
+% \cs{g_@@_row_int} holds the current row number in the table. The value
+% \texttt{0} means we haven't yet processed the table preamble. It
+% is incremented by every \cs{cr} including the one ending the
+% table preamble.
+%
+% \cs{g_@@_col_int} holds the current column number. The value
+% \texttt{0} means we have not yet started the table or just finished a table row
+% (with \verb=\\= typically); any other positive value means we
+% are currently typesetting a cell in that column in some row
+% (denoted by the \cs{g_@@_row_int}.
+%
+% In a \cs{multicolumn} it holds the column number of the first
+% spanned column and \cs{g_@@_span_tl} the info how many cells are
+% spanned.
+%
+% \cs{g_@@_span_tl} is normally \texttt{1} except in a
+% \cs{multicolumn} cell.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_@@_col_int
+\int_new:N \g_@@_row_int
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_span_tl
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_table_cols_tl
+
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_span_tl {1}
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_table_cols_tl {0} % indicates outer level
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_saved_col_tl,\l_@@_saved_row_tl,
+% \l_@@_saved_span_tl,\l_@@_saved_table_cols_tl}
+%
+% Saving the outer values if we are nesting tables is necessary (as
+% the above variables are globally altered. For this we use always
+% token lists because they don't change and we do not need to blow
+% additional integer registers.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_saved_col_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_saved_row_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_saved_span_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_saved_table_cols_tl
+
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_saved_col_tl{0}
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_saved_row_tl{0}
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_saved_span_tl{1}
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_saved_table_cols_tl{0} % indicates outer level
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \g_@@_struct_table_tl, \l_@@_saved_struct_table_tl,
+% \g_@@_struct_rows_seq,\l_@@_saved_struct_rows_seq,
+% \g_@@_struct_cells_seq,\l_@@_saved_struct_cells_seq,
+% \g_@@_struct_cur_seq,\l_@@_saved_struct_cur_seq
+% }
+% We need to store the structure numbers for the fine tuning in the
+% finalize socket. For now we use a rather simple system: A
+% sequence that hold the numbers for the row structures, and one
+% that holds comma lists for the cells.
+%
+% \cs{g_@@_struct_table_tl} will hold the structure number of the
+% table, \cs{g_@@_struct_rows_seq} will hold at index i the
+% structure number of row i, \cs{g_@@_struct_cells_seq} will hold
+% at index i a comma list of the cell structure numbers of row i.
+% \cs{g_@@_struct_cur_seq} is used as a temporary store for the
+% cell structures of the current row. We need also local version
+% to store and restore the values.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_struct_table_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_saved_struct_table_tl
+\seq_new:N \g_@@_struct_rows_seq
+\seq_new:N \l_@@_saved_struct_rows_seq
+\seq_new:N \g_@@_struct_cells_seq
+\seq_new:N \l_@@_saved_struct_cells_seq
+\seq_new:N \g_@@_struct_cur_seq
+\seq_new:N \l_@@_saved_struct_cur_seq
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ar@ialign}
+% A new command that replaces \cs{ialign} above. \cs{everycr} is
+% also applied to the \cs{cr} ending the preamble so we have to
+% program around that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ar@ialign{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Before starting a table we locally stored the information related
+% to the current cell (if any) so that we can restore it once the
+% table is finished.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set:No \l_@@_saved_col_tl {\int_use:N \g_@@_col_int }
+ \tl_set:No \l_@@_saved_row_tl {\int_use:N \g_@@_row_int }
+ \tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_saved_span_tl \g_@@_span_tl
+ \tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_saved_struct_table_tl \g_@@_struct_table_tl
+ \seq_set_eq:NN \l_@@_saved_struct_rows_seq \g_@@_struct_rows_seq
+ \seq_set_eq:NN \l_@@_saved_struct_cells_seq \g_@@_struct_cells_seq
+ \seq_set_eq:NN \l_@@_saved_struct_cur_seq \g_@@_struct_cur_seq
+%
+ \typeout{==>~ saved~cell~data:~
+ \l_@@_saved_row_tl,
+ \l_@@_saved_col_tl,
+ \l_@@_saved_span_tl \space
+ (
+ \int_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_saved_table_cols_tl = 0
+ { outer~ level }
+ { max:~ \l_@@_saved_table_cols_tl }
+ )
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% These are the initial values when starting a table:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_gzero:N \g_@@_row_int
+ \int_gzero:N \g_@@_col_int
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_span_tl {1}
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_struct_rows_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_struct_cells_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_struct_cur_seq
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \everycr{%
+ \noalign{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We use \cs{g_@@_col_int} equal zero to indicate that we are just
+% after a TR (or at the very beginning of the table). Using the row
+% count is not so good as longtable may split the table in chunks.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_compare:nNnT \g_@@_col_int > 0
+ { \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblrow/end} }
+ \int_gincr:N \g_@@_row_int % this row about to start
+ \int_gzero:N \g_@@_col_int % we are before first col
+ }%
+ }%
+ \tabskip\z@skip\halign}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multicolumn}
+%
+% \cs{multicolumn} is also defined in \pkg{array}. The redefinition
+% has to solve two problems: it must handle the row begin if it is
+% used there, and it must save the numbers of cells it spans so
+% that we can add a suitable ColSpan attribute.\footnote{FMi: This can
+% now perhaps cleaned up somewhat}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\multicolumn#1#2#3{%
+ % alternative: determine first col with vmode test ...
+ % \ifvmode
+ % \multispan{#1}\typeout{A==> vmode}%
+ % \else
+ % \multispan{#1}\typeout{A==> not vmode}
+ % \fi
+ % but this makes the \crcr handling really complicated which would
+ % then need to become something like
+ % \ifvmode \expandafter \@gobble
+ % \else \expandafter \@iden \fi {\cr\noalign{do something}}%
+ % so not used.
+ % Instead:
+ \multispan{#1}\begingroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert rowbegin socket only if this multicolumn
+% replaces the preamble of the first column. In that case we have
+% to set \cs{g_@@_col_int} to 1 since this is no longer done in the
+% preamble for the cell.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_compare:nNnTF \g_@@_col_int = 0
+ {
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblrow/begin}
+ \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_col_int {1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we are in a later column we use \cs{g_@@_span_tl} from the
+% previous column to update.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \int_gadd:Nn \g_@@_col_int { \g_@@_span_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we set the span value so that it can be use in the next column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_span_tl {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@addamp{\if@firstamp\@firstampfalse \else
+ \@preamerr 5\fi}%
+ \@mkpream{#2}\@addtopreamble\@empty
+ \endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now we update the colspan attribute. This needs setting after
+% the group as it is hidden inside the plug in \cs{insert@column}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_set_colspan:n {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@sharp{#3}%
+ \@arstrut \@preamble
+ \null
+ \ignorespaces}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{longtable}
+%
+% Longtable is complicated. When at the begin the \cs{endhead},
+% \cs{endfirsthead}, \cs{endfoot} and \cs{endlastfoot} are used to
+% setup head and foot they create each a structure subtree with one or
+% more rows. From this structures we want to keep at most two (head
+% and foot) and move the foot to the end of the table. When the head
+% and foot boxes are (re)inserted on following pages we want to mark
+% them up as artifact with the exception of the head at the begin and
+% the foot box at the end.
+%
+% TODO: When a line is killed the structure subtree is there already
+% too and must be removed.
+%
+% Hyperref patches longtable. This must be disabled and replace with
+% genuine code
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@kernel@refstepcounter\refstepcounter
+\def\hyper@nopatch@longtable{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_LT@array[#1]#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{LT@array} is executed in a group, so we can disable para-tagging here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tbl/init}%
+ \@kernel@refstepcounter{table}\stepcounter{LT@tables}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The target is created rather late and a \cs{label} can come earlier,
+% so we have to define \cs{@currentHref} explicitly. We can't currently
+% assume that \cs{theHtable} is defined always.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_gset:Ne \@currentHref {table.\cs_if_exist_use:N\theHtable}
+ \int_gzero:N \g_@@_row_int
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_struct_rows_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_struct_cells_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_struct_cur_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_LT@firsthead_rows_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_LT@head_rows_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_LT@lastfoot_rows_seq
+ \seq_gclear:N\g_@@_LT@foot_rows_seq
+ \if l#1%
+ \LTleft\z@ \LTright\fill
+ \else\if r#1%
+ \LTleft\fill \LTright\z@
+ \else\if c#1%
+ \LTleft\fill \LTright\fill
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \let\LT@mcol\multicolumn
+ \let\LT@@@@tabarray\@tabarray
+ \let\LT@@@@hl\hline
+ \def\@tabarray{%
+ \let\hline\LT@@@@hl
+ \LT@@@@tabarray}%
+ \let\\\LT@tabularcr
+ \let\tabularnewline\\%
+ \def\newpage{\noalign{\break}}%
+ \def\pagebreak{\noalign{\ifnum`}=0\fi\@testopt{\LT@no@pgbk-}4}%
+ \def\nopagebreak{\noalign{\ifnum`}=0\fi\@testopt\LT@no@pgbk4}%
+ \let\hline\LT@hline \let\kill\LT@kill\let\caption\LT@caption
+ \@tempdima\ht\strutbox
+ \let\@endpbox\LT@endpbox
+ \ifx\extrarowheight\@undefined
+ \let\@acol\@tabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv
+ \def\@startpbox{\vtop\LT@startpbox}%
+ \let\@@@@startpbox\@startpbox
+ \let\@@@@endpbox\@endpbox
+ \let\LT@LL@FM@cr\@tabularcr
+ \else
+ \advance\@tempdima\extrarowheight
+ \col@sep\tabcolsep
+ \let\@startpbox\LT@startpbox\let\LT@LL@FM@cr\@arraycr
+ \fi
+ \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{\vrule
+ \@height \arraystretch \@tempdima
+ \@depth \arraystretch \dp \strutbox
+ \@width \z@}%
+ \let\@sharp##\let\protect\relax
+ \begingroup
+ \@mkpream{#2}%
+ \@@_determine_table_cols:
+ \xdef\LT@bchunk{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At the start of a chunk we set \cs{g_@@_col_int} to zero to make
+% sure that we aren't generating /TR with the \cs{cr} ending the
+% chunk preamble.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_gzero:N \g_@@_col_int
+ \global\advance\c@LT@chunks\@ne
+ \global\LT@rows\z@\setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
+ \LT@setprevdepth
+ \tabskip\LTleft \noexpand\halign to\hsize\bgroup
+ \tabskip\z@ \@arstrut
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the socket and the setting of the conditional
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblrow/begin}%
+ \@@_init_cell_data:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@preamble \tabskip\LTright \cr}%
+ \endgroup
+ \expandafter\LT@nofcols\LT@bchunk&\LT@nofcols
+ \LT@make@row
+ \m@th\let\par\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Socket and conditional
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \everycr{%
+ \noalign{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In \pkg{longtable} we have a bunch of extra \cs{cr}s that are
+% executed whenever a chunk ends. In that case they should not
+% increment the main row counter, sigh.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \typeout{--longtable-->~chunk~row:~ \the\LT@rows \space
+ row:~ \the\g_@@_row_int \space
+ column:~ \the\g_@@_col_int
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnT \g_@@_col_int > 0
+ {
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tblrow/end}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This prevents any of the additional \cs{cr}s at the end of the
+% chunk to add another /TR. Then once we really start a new chunk
+% it gets incremented so\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_gzero:N \g_@@_col_int % before first col
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And for the same reason such \cs{cr}s should not increment the
+% main row counter (but it has to be incremented after the preamble
+% of a chunk), so here we test against \cs{LT@rows} which is
+% \cs{LTchunksize} at the end of a chunk.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_compare:nNnT \LT@rows < \LTchunksize
+ { \int_gincr:N \g_@@_row_int } % this row about to start
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \lineskip\z@\baselineskip\z@
+ \LT@bchunk}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The end code most stop to insert the endrow too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_endlongtable{%
+ \@@_store_missing_cells:n{endlongtable}
+ \crcr
+ \noalign{%
+ \UseSocket{tagsupport/tbl/finalize/longtable}
+ \int_gzero:N \g_@@_row_int % this prevents considering the next
+ % \crcr as another row end.
+ \let\LT@entry\LT@entry@chop
+ \xdef\LT@save@row{\LT@save@row}}%
+ \LT@echunk
+ \LT@start
+ \unvbox\z@
+ \LT@get@widths
+ \if@filesw
+ {\let\LT@entry\LT@entry@write\immediate\write\@auxout{%
+ \gdef\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname LT@\romannumeral\c@LT@tables\endcsname
+ {\LT@save@row}}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\LT@save@row\LT@@@@save@row
+ \else
+ \LT@warn{Column~\@width s~have~changed\MessageBreak
+ in~table~\thetable}%
+ \LT@final@warn
+ \fi
+ \endgraf\penalty -\LT@end@pen
+ \ifvoid\LT@foot\else
+ \global\advance\vsize\ht\LT@foot
+ \global\advance\@colroom\ht\LT@foot
+ \dimen@\pagegoal\advance\dimen@\ht\LT@foot\pagegoal\dimen@
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \global\@mparbottom\z@
+ \endgraf\penalty\z@\addvspace\LTpost
+ \ifvoid\footins\else\insert\footins{}\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_patch_LT@t@bularcr}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_LT@t@bularcr{%
+ \global\advance\LT@rows\@ne
+ \ifnum\LT@rows=\LTchunksize
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At the end of the chunk \verb=\\= is doing something special and
+% so we loose \cs{@@_store_missing_cells:n}. Below is about the
+% right place to add it do this code branch.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_store_missing_cells:n{echunk}
+ \gdef\LT@setprevdepth{%
+ \prevdepth\z@
+ \global\let\LT@setprevdepth\relax}%
+ \expandafter\LT@xtabularcr
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=`{}\fi
+ \expandafter\LT@LL@FM@cr
+ \fi}
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_patch_LT@end@hd@ft}
+% This command is used to store the head and foot boxes.
+% We need to retrieve and store the row so that we can clean
+% up the structure in the finalize code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_LT@end@hd@ft#1{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% To handle missing columns in the header we need this:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \__tbl_store_missing_cells:n{head/foot}
+ \int_step_inline:nn
+ { \LT@rows + 1 }
+ {
+ \seq_gput_left:ce
+ {g_@@_\cs_to_str:N #1 _rows_seq }
+ { \int_eval:n {\g_@@_row_int + 1 - ##1 } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We also have to set the chunk rows to its max value before
+% calling \cs{LTechunk} so that we don't get extra increments of
+% the main row counter due to \cs{everycr}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_gset:Nn \LT@rows { \LTchunksize }
+ \LT@echunk
+ \ifx\LT@start\endgraf
+ \LT@err
+ {Longtable head or foot not at start of table}%
+ {Increase LTchunksize}%
+ \fi
+ \setbox#1\box\z@
+ \LT@get@widths
+ \LT@bchunk}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_patch_LT@start}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_LT@start{%
+ \let\LT@start\endgraf
+ \endgraf\penalty\z@\vskip\LTpre\endgraf
+ \ifdim \pagetotal<\pagegoal \else
+ \dimen@=\pageshrink
+ \advance \dimen@ 1sp %
+ \kern\dimen@\penalty 9999\endgraf \kern-\dimen@
+ \fi
+ \dimen@\pagetotal
+ \advance\dimen@ \ht\ifvoid\LT@firsthead\LT@head\else\LT@firsthead\fi
+ \advance\dimen@ \dp\ifvoid\LT@firsthead\LT@head\else\LT@firsthead\fi
+ \advance\dimen@ \ht\LT@foot
+ \edef\LT@reset@vfuzz{\vfuzz\the\vfuzz\vbadness\the\vbadness\relax}%
+ \vfuzz\maxdimen
+ \vbadness\@M
+ \setbox\tw@\copy\z@
+ \setbox\tw@\vsplit\tw@ to \ht\@arstrutbox
+ \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvbox\tw@}%
+ \LT@reset@vfuzz
+ \advance\dimen@ \ht
+ \ifdim\ht\@arstrutbox>\ht\tw@\@arstrutbox\else\tw@\fi
+ \advance\dimen@\dp
+ \ifdim\dp\@arstrutbox>\dp\tw@\@arstrutbox\else\tw@\fi
+ \advance\dimen@ -\pagegoal
+ \ifdim \dimen@>\z@
+ \vfil\break
+ \else
+ \ifdim\pageshrink>\z@\pageshrink\z@\fi
+ \fi
+ \global\@colroom\@colht
+ \ifvoid\LT@foot\else
+ \global\advance\vsize-\ht\LT@foot
+ \global\advance\@colroom-\ht\LT@foot
+ \dimen@\pagegoal\advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@foot\pagegoal\dimen@
+ \maxdepth\z@
+ \fi
+ \MakeLinkTarget{table}
+ \ifvoid\LT@firsthead\copy\LT@head\else\box\LT@firsthead\fi\nobreak
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Avoid that following uses of the box add content:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tagmcbegin{artifact}
+ \tag_mc_reset_box:N\LT@head
+ \tagmcend
+ \output{\LT@output}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_patch_LT@output}
+% We must also avoid that the reuse of the foot box leads to
+% duplicated content:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_LT@output{%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen
+ \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc
+ \else
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
+ \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot
+ \dimen@\pagegoal
+ \advance\dimen@\ht\LT@foot
+ \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@
+ \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
+ \@makecol
+ \@outputpage
+ \global\vsize\@colroom
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Reset attribute of foot box:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tagmcbegin{artifact}
+ \tag_mc_reset_box:N \LT@foot
+ \tagmcend
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Reset attribute of foot box:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tagmcbegin{artifact}
+ \tag_mc_reset_box:N \LT@foot
+ \tagmcend
+ \@makecol
+ \@outputpage
+ \global\vsize\@colroom
+ \copy\LT@head\nobreak
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_patch_\LT@makecaption}
+% This patch is quite similar to the one for LaTeX's \cs{@makecaption}
+% we also have to change the parbox sockets.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_LT@makecaption#1#2#3{%
+ \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{%
+ % test can go after merge
+ \str_if_exist:cT { l__socket_tagsupport/parbox/before_plug_str }
+ {
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/parbox/before}{noop}
+ \AssignSocketPlug{tagsupport/parbox/after}{noop}
+ }
+ \hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%
+ \reset@font
+ \tag_stop:n{caption}
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2:~}#3}%
+ \tag_start:n{caption}
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize
+ #1{#2:~}#3%
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil#1{#2:~}#3\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%
+ \hss}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% Overwrite the longtable definition. That will probably break somewhere as
+% they are various package which patch too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{package/longtable/after}
+ {
+ \seq_new:N \g_@@_LT@firsthead_rows_seq
+ \seq_new:N \g_@@_LT@head_rows_seq
+ \seq_new:N \g_@@_LT@lastfoot_rows_seq
+ \seq_new:N \g_@@_LT@foot_rows_seq
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \LT@array\@@_patch_LT@array
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \endlongtable\@@_patch_endlongtable
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \LT@start\@@_patch_LT@start
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \LT@output\@@_patch_LT@output
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \LT@t@bularcr\@@_patch_LT@t@bularcr
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \LT@end@hd@ft\@@_patch_LT@end@hd@ft
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \LT@makecaption\@@_patch_LT@makecaption
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+
+
+% \subsection{tabularx}
+%
+% In tabularx we mainly need to ensure that no tagging is done during
+% the trial.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@_patch_TX@endtabularx{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \TX@find@endtabularxa\csname end\TX@\endcsname
+ \endtabularx\TX@\endtabularx\TX@find@endtabularxa
+ \expandafter\TX@newcol\expandafter{\tabularxcolumn{\TX@col@width}}%
+ \let\verb\TX@verb
+ \def\@elt##1{\global\value{##1}\the\value{##1}\relax}%
+ \edef\TX@ckpt{\cl@@@@ckpt}%
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ \TX@old@table\maxdimen
+ \TX@col@width\TX@target
+ \global\TX@cols\@ne
+ \TX@typeout@
+ {\@spaces Table Width\@spaces Column Width\@spaces X Columns}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here we stop tagging:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tag_stop:n{tabularx}
+ \TX@trial{\def\NC@rewrite@X{%
+ \global\advance\TX@cols\@ne\NC@find p{\TX@col@width}}}%
+ \loop
+ \TX@arith
+ \ifTX@
+ \TX@trial{}%
+ \repeat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And now we restart it again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tag_start:n{tabularx}
+ {\let\@footnotetext\TX@ftntext\let\@xfootnotenext\TX@xftntext
+ \csname tabular*\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter\TX@target
+ \the\toks@
+ \csname endtabular*\endcsname}%
+ \global\TX@ftn\expandafter{\expandafter}\the\TX@ftn
+ \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \TX@find@endtabularxbb
+ \expandafter\end\expandafter{\TX@}%
+ \endtabularx\TX@\endtabularx\TX@find@endtabularxb
+}
+
+\AddToHook{package/tabularx/after}
+ {\cs_set_eq:NN \TX@endtabularx\@@_patch_TX@endtabularx }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*latex-lab>
+\ProvidesFile{table-latex-lab-testphase.ltx}
+ [\ltlabtbldate\space v\ltlabtblversion\space latex-lab wrapper table]
+\RequirePackage{latex-lab-testphase-table}
+%</latex-lab>
+% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..997db2d1a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-table.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf
index 0fd13aba89..c65847a04f 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdf
index 4940583de0..a4e26db75f 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdf
index e00a26b141..161e96f338 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.dtx
index 632315a731..81c9edfe4d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.dtx
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
% for those people who are interested or want to report an issue.
%
% dates for latex-lab-kernel-changes.sty (pulled from various sources, see ins)
-\def\ltlabkerneldate{2023-07-20}
-\def\ltlabkernelversion{0.85a}
+\def\ltlabkerneldate{2023-10-16}
+\def\ltlabkernelversion{0.85b}
%<*driver>
\documentclass{l3doc}
\EnableCrossrefs
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@
[\ltlabkerneldate\space v\ltlabkernelversion\space
General kernel and class changes]
% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \subsection{Providing the counter representation \cs{theHxx} generally}
% [kernel?]
%
@@ -151,8 +152,32 @@
\def\toclevel@subparagraph{5}
\def\toclevel@figure{1}
\def\toclevel@table{1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\subsection{Storing the relation between target names and structure numbers}
+% To be able to add a /Ref key to structures the tagging makes use of target names
+% and stores the relationship in a property. We add a hook to \cs{MakeLinkTarget} to
+% catch as much as possible, see also tagging issue \#20. This should work also
+% without hyperref. The property is defined in tagpdf-base, so the code would
+% work also without tagging but we add a test anyway, this is probably faster.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\AddToHookWithArguments{cmd/MakeLinkTarget/after}
+ {
+ \tag_if_active:T
+ {
+ \tl_if_blank:VF \@currentHref
+ {
+ \prop_gput:Nee \g__tag_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
%</kernelchange>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \subsection{load kernel changes}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdf
index 22016e835d..0a78ca15d9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.dtx
index 81f6676a80..6def505e11 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.dtx
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
%
% for those people who are interested or want to report an issue.
%
-\def\ltlabtocdate{2023-07-20}
-\def\ltlabtocversion{0.85a}
+\def\ltlabtocdate{2023-10-16}
+\def\ltlabtocversion{0.85b}
%<*driver>
\documentclass{l3doc}
\EnableCrossrefs
@@ -54,12 +54,42 @@
{ Code related to the tagging of toc-like lists}
%</header>
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% \begin{documentation}
% \section{Introduction}
%
% The followings contains various functions related to the tagging of the
-% table of contents and similar list. The functions will at some time
-% be moved inside the tagpdf code.
+% table of contents and similar list.
+%
+% The structure of tocs consist of nested TOC and TOCI structures.
+% The code uses the first argument of the \cs{contentsline} command to detect the
+% level and to decided if a structure should be closed. The structure that
+% should be used in \texttt{/Ref} key to link to the heading is detected from the
+% target name in the fourth argument -- because of this with this code such a target
+% name is created and stored also if hyperref is not loaded.
+%
+% \subsection{Manual toc additions}
+% As the \texttt{/Ref} key relies on the target name,
+% manual \cs{addcontentsline} commands must ensure that they reference the right
+% structure. If an unnumbered heading command is used before this is normally the case,
+% so the following should work fine:
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \chapter*{Unnumbered}
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Unnumbered}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% If there is no heading command a target name must be created manually \emph{inside the
+% right structure} with \cs{MakeLinkTarget}:
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \noindent % start e.g. P-structure
+% \MakeLinkTarget*{unnumbered}% target inside the P-structure
+% Unnumbered
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Unnumbered}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \end{documentation}
+% \begin{implementation}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
%<@@=tag>
@@ -78,33 +108,28 @@
% This variable records for (some or all, not clear yet)
% destination names the related structure number to allow
% to reference them in a Ref. The key is the destination.
-% Moved into tagpdf!
+% Defined by tagpdf.
% \end{variable}
%
-% We use \cs{refstepcounter} to store the relation between
+% \cs{refstepcounter} doesn't use \cs{MakeLinkTarget} (yet) so
+% we have to patch it too to store the relation between
% destination names/\cs{@currentHref} and structure numbers
%
-% TODO: the functions should be moved into tagpdf so that one
-% doesn't has to test if the prop exists or not.
+% The property is set up in tagpdf-test so that one
+% doesn't has to check if the prop exists or not.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AddToHook{cmd/refstepcounter/after}
{
\tl_if_blank:VF \@currentHref
{
- \prop_if_exist:NT \g_@@_struct_dest_num_prop
- {
- \prop_gput:Nxx \g_@@_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
- }
+ \prop_gput:Nee \g_@@_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
}
}
\AddToHook{cmd/H@refstepcounter/after}
{
\tl_if_blank:VF \@currentHref
{
- \prop_if_exist:NT \g_@@_struct_dest_num_prop
- {
- \prop_gput:Nxx \g_@@_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
- }
+ \prop_gput:Nee \g_@@_struct_dest_num_prop {\@currentHref}{\tag_get:n{struct_num}}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -375,3 +400,4 @@
%</latex-lab>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{implementation}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.pdf
index 64853b0e8b..eafeeec42e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab.ins b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab.ins
index a4aeb7289d..548f18a6fa 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab.ins
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/latex-lab/latex-lab.ins
@@ -152,6 +152,11 @@ where one can also log issues in case there are any.
\generate{\file{firstaid-latex-lab-testphase.ltx}{\from{latex-lab-firstaid.dtx}{latex-lab}}}
\generate{\file{latex-lab-testphase-firstaid.sty}{\from{latex-lab-firstaid.dtx}{package}}}
+%table
+\generate{\file{table-latex-lab-testphase.ltx}{\from{latex-lab-table.dtx}{latex-lab}}}
+\generate{\file{latex-lab-testphase-table.sty}{\from{latex-lab-table.dtx}{package}}}
+
+
% stop docstrip adding \endinput
\preamble
\endpreamble
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/README.md b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/README.md
index afcf184c4f..c87b522b3c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX `tools` bundle
========================
-Release 2023-11-01 pre-release 0
+Release 2024-06-01 pre-release 0
Overview
--------
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.dtx
index b94a85d26d..518b70761d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.dtx
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
%
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{afterpage}
-%<package> [2014/10/28 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)]
+%<package> [2023/07/04 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)]
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
\global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}%
% \end{macrocode}
% If the text that is saved in |\AP@partial| had footnotes, we'd
-% better grab them as well otherwise they may come out on a page
+% better grab them as well, otherwise they may come out on a page
% with the `afterpage' text, before the page that has the
% footnote mark! (Added at v1.08.)
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Restore the |\everydisplay| register. |\ignorespaces| prevents a space
-% or newline after |$$| creating rogue a indentation or paragraph.
+% or newline after |$$| creating a rogue indentation or paragraph.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\AP@ed{\everydisplay\expandafter{\the\toks@}\ignorespaces}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
% `afterpage' commands, so just add the new commands to the end of the
% list. Otherwise save the commands in |\AP@|. (within a local group),
% and switch the output routine. (The new output routine just calls the
-% old one if it is invoked by a \LaTeX{} float.
+% old one if it is invoked by a \LaTeX{} float.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\afterpage#1{%
\ifx\AP@\relax
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
\global\output\expandafter{\the\AP@output}%
\AP@clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
-% At this point (since v1.08) Need to clear |\AP@| \emph{before}
+% At this point (since v1.08) need to clear |\AP@| \emph{before}
% using its expansion, as otherwise hit an infinite loop. Sigh.
% \begin{macrocode}
\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\AP@\expandafter\relax
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Subtract the new height of |#1| from |\skip@|, and add back on
% |\splittopskip|, so |\skip@| is now the height of the first row of
-% |#1| This may still be 0pt if (eg) a mark or whatsit is between the
+% |#1|. This may still be 0pt if (eg) a mark or whatsit is between the
% top glue and the first box. Save (this height${}-{}$|\splittopskip|)
% in |\skip\tw@|.
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.pdf
index 17eda0b12f..1e62bd8f2b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/afterpage.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.dtx
index 72e2f095e9..6e4e34ea26 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.dtx
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<+package>\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2020-10-01}
%<+package>
%<+package>\ProvidesPackage{array}
-%<+package> [2022/09/04 v2.5g Tabular extension package (FMi)]
+%<+package> [2023/10/16 v2.5g Tabular extension package (FMi)]
%
% \fi
%
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@
% insert the row strut now as it isn't inside the template (as that
% got =\omit=ted).
% \changes{v2.4h}{2018/04/30}{Fixing issue 42}
- % \begin{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\@multicnt >\z@ \do@row@strut \fi
\cr}
\let\do@row@strut\relax
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.pdf
index 1264fc160f..9cf73a7e98 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/array.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.dtx
index 51ae53f041..a608c6aeb5 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.dtx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
%<driver>\ProvidesFile{bm.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{bm.dtx}
- [2022/01/05 v1.2f Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)]
+ [2023/07/08 v1.2f Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
%
% If there is a `heavy' math version defined (usually accessed by a
% user-command |\heavymath|) then a similar command |\hm|
-% is defined which access these `ultra bold' fonts. Currently this is
+% is defined which accesses these `ultra bold' fonts. Currently this is
% probably only useful with the `mathtime plus' font collection.
% Definitions of commands that use these fonts may be made by
% specifying the optional argument `heavy' to |\DeclareBoldMathCommand|.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
% your font set.
%
% \section{Features}
-% In most cases this package should work in a fairly self explanatory
+% In most cases this package should work in a fairly self-explanatory
% way, but there are some things that might not be obvious.
%
% \subsection{Interaction with Math Alphabet Commands}
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
% Normally if a command takes arguments the full command, including
% any arguments, should be included in |\bm|.
%
-% So |\bm{\overbrace{abc}}| (producing \smash{$\bm{\overbrace{abc}}$})
+% So |\bm{\overbrace{abc}}| (producing \smash{$\bm{\overbrace{abc}}$}),
% not
% |\bm{\overbrace}{abc}|. If you do not include all the arguments you
% will typically get the error message:\\
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
% allocations.
%
% If no bold font appears to be available for a particular symbol,
-% |\bm| will use `poor man's bold' that is, overprinting the same
+% |\bm| will use `poor man's bold', which will overprint the same
% character in slightly offset
% positions to give an appearance of boldness.
%
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@
% font set there are suitable fonts for bold and heavy math setting,
% and so |\bm| and |\hm| work well. Similarly in the basic Lucida
% New Math font set there are no bold math fonts, so |\bm| will
-% use `poor man's bold. However if the Lucida Expert set is used,
-% Then |\bm| will detect, and use the bold math fonts that are
+% use `poor man's bold'. However, if the Lucida Expert set is used,
+% then |\bm| will detect, and use, the bold math fonts that are
% available.
%
% As discussed above, one may set |\bmmax| higher or lower than its
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
% ``poor man's bold''. That is, over-printing the character with slight offsets.
% Since version 1.2e, the package now warns if a font is set up to use this over-printing and
% the package option |nopbm| is available which prevents its use in which case |\bm| will
-% use the non-bold for characters from the affected font,
+% use the non-bold for characters from the affected font.
%
% \MaybeStop{}
%
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
%
% \changes{v1.2e}{2021/04/25}
% {Package options gh/71}
-% Options to use or not use poor mans bold (over-printing)
+% Options to use or not use poor man's bold (over-printing)
% and level of warning messages.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
% code, which is temporarily defined to |\bm|, to save wasting a csname.
% Similarly |\bm@pmb|\ldots\ (which will be defined later) are used
% as scratch macros.
-% (This csname saving no longer used, setup command is |\bm@setup| not |\bm|).
+% (This csname saving no longer used, setup command is |\bm@setup|, not |\bm|.)
%
% The general plan. Run through the fonts allocated to the normal math
% version. Ignore \meta{math alphabet} allocations\footnote{For now?}
@@ -505,11 +505,11 @@
\ifx\bm@pmb@\@firstofone\else, using \string\pmb\fi}%
\else
% \end{macrocode}
-% Else make a new name by adjoining |#1| to the name of the symbol font
+% Else make a new name by adjoining |#1| to the name of the symbol font,
% eg, |\symboldsymbols| to match |\symsymbols|. If that font has already
% been allocated, or if |\@tempcnta| is positive so we can allocate a
% new slot for this font, then the table will be
-% set with the offset between the two fonts. otherwise set the offset to
+% set with the offset between the two fonts. Otherwise set the offset to
% zero (so |\boldmath| will be used to access the font).
% \begin{macrocode}
\edef\@tempa{sym#1\expandafter\@gobblefour\string##1}%
@@ -673,8 +673,8 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% If there is no bold math version, It is very easy to set up
-% the table, no need to use all the tricky code above.
+% If there is no bold math version, it is very easy to set up
+% the table since there is no need to use all the tricky code above.
% Also, at the end of the package redefine the internal macro
% that |\bm| uses to call |\boldmath|, to use poor man's bold
% instead.
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\hmmax}
%
-% Same for heavy (but default to three this time (enough for mathtime
+% Same for heavy, but default to three this time (enough for mathtime
% plus, as no heavy operators font).
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\hmmax\@undefined
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@
\let\protect\@empty
\let\@typeset@protect\@empty
% \end{macrocode}
-% Set up either bold or heavy
+% Set up either bold or heavy.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\bm@mathchoice{\bm@m@thchoice#1}%
\def\bm@group{\bm@gr@up#1}%
@@ -848,9 +848,9 @@
\let\next@\copy
\global\let\bm@first\@empty
% \end{macrocode}
-% For AMS version of |\sqrt|: don't expand just wrap in brace group
-% so that it can be made bold in a safe but slow way. Do the same for
-% internal accent command
+% For AMS version of |\sqrt|: don't expand, just wrap it in a brace
+% group so that it can be made bold in a safe but slow way. Do the same
+% for internal accent command.
% \changes{v1.1b}{2003/10/05}{AMS \cs{sqrt} not working}
%
% \changes{v1.1c}{2004/02/26}{\cs{accentV} made safe (pr/3625)}
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@
% |\mv@bold| or |\mv@heavy| and we execute that after redefining
% |\install@mathalphabet| and |\getanddefine@fonts| suitably.
% The definitions are reverted back to their original the moment
-% the scanning is done
+% the scanning is done.
% \changes{v1.0h}{2002/11/22}{Get math alphabets right (pr/3476)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\install@mathalphabet\def
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@
% |\bm| is empty within the definition, so that either\\
% |\bmdefine\balpha{\bm\alpha}| or |\bmdefine\balpha{\alpha}| \\
% may be used. (The former just for compatibility with the original
-% version for plain \TeX).
+% version for plain \TeX.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\bmdefine{\DeclareBoldMathCommand[bold]}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1092,8 +1092,8 @@
% \begin{macro}{\bm@gr@up}
% \changes{v1.0c}{1997/10/09}
% {Extra brace around argument for \cs{over}}
-% If faced with a group,
-% If we are in math mode, stick it in a |\boldsymbol| like construct
+% If faced with a group
+% when we are in math mode, put it in a |\boldsymbol|-like construct
% and then recurse on |\bm@expand|.
% Otherwise just use |\bfseries\boldmath|.
% The actual test is deferred till `run time'.
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@
% Other things just copy straight over to the command being built.
% (Anything inside a |\mathop| or similar will end up being made bold
% as the |\mathop| will be copied over, but its argument will be made
-% bold by the group code above.
+% bold by the group code above.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\bm@test@token#1{%
\let\bm@next\@empty
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@
%
% Stop here. Note that it is vital that the terminating token
% is non-expandable and defined, rather than the usual \LaTeX\
-% terminators |\@nil| or |\@@|. (Worse still would be a `quark'
+% terminators |\@nil| and |\@@|. (Worse still would be a `quark'
% like |docstrip|'s |\qStop|.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx#1\@@end
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@
\afterassignment\bm@radical\count@
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Need to trap spaces otherwise digits will get turned to bold
+% Need to trap spaces, otherwise digits will get turned to bold
% mathchars.
% \changes{v1.1a}{2003/09/01}{Forgotten to check for \cs{hskip} (pr/3572)}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\bm@pmb@}
% \changes{v0.10}{1997/01/04}
% {Macro added}
-% |\pmb| variant. (See \TeX{}Book, or AMS \textsf{amsbsy} package).
+% |\pmb| variant. (See \TeX{}book, or AMS \textsf{amsbsy} package.)
% This one takes a bit more care to use smaller offsets in subscripts.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\bm@pmb@\@firstofone\else
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@
\def\bm@mathaccent{%
\bm@changefam{}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% The next four lines were added a v1.0e. Without them |\bm{\hat{A}}|
+% The next four lines were added in v1.0e. Without them |\bm{\hat{A}}|
% makes the accent bold using |\bm| but the group |{A}| is made bold
% via a |\mathchoice| construction as for any other group, as |\bm|
% does not attempt to parse inside brace groups. While that produces
@@ -1674,9 +1674,10 @@
% \begin{macro}{\bm@changefam}
% \changes{v0.10}{1997/01/04}
% {Rewrite for new \cs{bm@table} system}
-% Pull out one specified hex digit and passes
-% it to |\bm@modify| to change. argument is empty normally but |000| to
-% access the second math group in a delimiter code.
+% Pull out one specified hex digit and pass
+% it to |\bm@modify| to change. Its one argument is normally empty,
+% but it will be |000| when necessary to access the second math group
+% in a delimiter code.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\bm@changefam#1{%
\@tempcnta\count@
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.pdf
index 291ccc9814..c39e17aca0 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/bm.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.dtx
index c243eed8d3..2c4cecbf03 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{calc.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{calc.dtx}
- [2017/05/25 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)]
+ [2023/07/08 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
% Arithmetic in \TeX\ is done using low-level operations such as
% |\advance| and |\multiply|. This may be acceptable when developing
% a macro package, but it is not an acceptable interface for the
-% end-user.
+% end user.
%
% This package introduces proper infix notation arithmetic which is
% much more familiar to most people. The infix notation is more
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
% or at the end of the expression being evaluated.
%
% When \TeX\ performs arithmetic on integers, any fractional part of
-% the results are discarded. For example,
+% the result is discarded. For example,
%\begin{verbatim}
% \setcounter{x}{7/2}
% \setcounter{y}{3*\real{1.6}}
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
% \setlength{\parindent}{%
% \minof{3pt}{\parskip}*\real{1.5}*\maxof{2*\real{1.6}}{2-1}}
%\end{verbatim}
-% will assign $\min(13.5\textrm{pt},4.5\cs{parskip})$ to \cs{parindent}
+% will assign $\min(13.5\textrm{pt},4.5\cs{parskip})$ to \cs{parindent}.
%
%
%
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
% or a parenthesized expression~$(E')$.
%
% Since the \TeX\ engine can only execute arithmetic operations in a
-% machine-code like manner, we have to find a way to translate the
+% machine-code-like manner, we have to find a way to translate the
% infix notation into this `instruction set'.
%
% Our goal is to design a translation scheme that translates~$X$ (an
@@ -565,9 +565,9 @@
% When an \<integer factor> is expected, we must change $A$ and~$B$ to
% refer to integer type registers. We can accomplish this by
% including instructions to change the type of $A$ and~$B$ to integer
-% type as part of the replacement code for~`$*$; if we append such
+% type as part of the replacement code for~`$*$'; if we append such
% instructions to the replacement code described above, we also ensure
-% that the type-change is local (provided that the type-changing
+% that the type change is local (provided that the type-changing
% instructions only have local effect). However, note that the
% instance of~$A$ referred to in $\savecode{B\lassign B*A}$ is the
% integer instance of~$A$.
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\calc@addAtoB}
% \begin{macro}{\calc@subtractAfromB}
% The replacement code for the binary operators `\texttt{+}' and
-% `\texttt{-}' follow a common pattern; the only difference is the
+% `\texttt{-}' follows a common pattern; the only difference is the
% token that is stored away by |\aftergroup|. After this replacement
% code, control is transferred to |\calc@pre@scan|.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\calc@ratio@multiply}
% \begin{macro}{\calc@ratio@divide}
% When |\calc@post@scan| encounters a |\ratio| control sequence, it hands
-% control to one of the macros |\calc@ratio@multiply| or |\calc@ratio@divide|,
+% control to one of the macros |\calc@ratio@multiply| and |\calc@ratio@divide|,
% depending on the preceding character. Those macros both forward the
% control to the macro |\calc@ratio@evaluate|, which performs two steps: (1) it
% calculates the ratio, which is saved in the global macro token
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@
% Here we calculate the ratio. First, we check for negative numerator
% and/or denominator; note that \TeX\ interprets two minus signs the
% same as a plus sign. Then, we calculate the integer part.
-% The minus sign(s), the integer part, and a decimal point, form the
+% The minus sign(s), the integer part, and a decimal point form the
% initial expansion of the |\calc@the@ratio| macro.
% \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\calc@the@ratio{}%
@@ -1305,8 +1305,8 @@
% {Use \cs{PackageError} for error messages (DPC)}
% \changes{v4.0e}{1997/11/11}
% {typo fixed}
-% If |\calc@post@scan| reads a character that is not one of `\texttt{+}',
-% `\texttt{-}', `\texttt{*}', `\texttt{/}', or `\texttt{)}', an error
+% If |\calc@post@scan| reads a character that is neither `\texttt{+}',
+% `\texttt{-}', `\texttt{*}', `\texttt{/}', nor `\texttt{)}', an error
% has occurred, and this is reported to the user. Violations in the
% syntax of \<numeric>s will be detected and reported by \TeX.
% \changes{v4.1a}{1998/06/07}
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@
% \changes{v4.2}{2005/08/06}
% {Added macro}
% The kernel macro \cs{@settodim} is changed so that it runs through a list
-% containing \cs{ht}, \cs{wd}, and \cs{dp} and than advance the length
+% containing \cs{ht}, \cs{wd}, and \cs{dp} and then advances the length
% one step at a time. We just have to use a scratch register in case the
% user decides to put in a \cs{global} prefix on the length register.
% A search on the internet confirmed that some people do that kind of thing.
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.pdf
index ac4b159a15..4c0230c693 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/calc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/changes.txt b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/changes.txt
index 74318d41bb..7b38392bd4 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/changes.txt
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/changes.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,23 @@ All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
================================================================================
#########################
+# 2023-11-01b Release
+#########################
+
+2023-11-01 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * longtable.dtx: corrrect year in date
+
+#########################
+# 2023-11-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2023-08-25 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * longtable.dtx: use \everypar to insert the strut in \LT@startpbox
+ to match the array use, github/1128
+
+#########################
# 2023-06-01 Release
#########################
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.dtx
index cfb7b4d33e..c8ddaf4ce6 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.dtx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%<driver>\ProvidesFile{dcolumn.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{dcolumn.dtx}
- [2014/10/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)]
+ [2023/07/08 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
%
% \noindent"\newcolumntype{,}{D{,}{,}{2}}"
%
-% {\tt ,} specifies takes a column of entries with at most two decimal
+% {\tt ,} specifies a column of entries with at most two decimal
% places after a~$,$.
%
% \newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{\cdot}{#1}}
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
% \end{center}
%
% Note that the first column, which had a negative \meta{decimal places}
-% argument is wider than the second column, so that the decimal point
+% argument, is wider than the second column, so that the decimal point
% appears in the middle of the column.
% Also note that this package deals correctly with entries with no
% decimal part, no integer part, and blank entries.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
%<*package>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% First we load {\tt array.sty} if it not already loaded.
+% First we load {\tt array.sty} if it is not already loaded.
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{array}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -243,10 +243,10 @@
% \begin{macro}{\DC@x}
% \changes{v1.03}{1996/02/28}{Macro added}
% If "\count@" is negative, centre on the decimal point. If it is
-% positive either "#1" will be empty in which case bad out decimal
+% positive either "#1" will be empty in which case pad out decimal
% part to the number of digits specified by "\count@" or (new feature
% in v1.03) it is none empty in which case "\count@" contains the
-% number of digits to the left of the point, and "#1" contains a junk
+% number of digits to the left of the point and "#1" contains a junk
% token (probably ".") followed by the number of digits to the right
% of the point. In either of these latter cases, "\DC@right" is used.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\DC@centre}
-% If centering on the decimal point, just need to box up the two halves.
+% If centering on the decimal point, just need to box up the two halves:
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\DC@centre#1#2#3{%
\let\DC@end\DC@endcentre
@@ -293,16 +293,16 @@
\ifx\relax#3\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% If "#3" is empty, add "\hfill" to right align the column, and
-% Just set "\DC@rl" to begin a group, so nothing fancy is done with
+% just set "\DC@rl" to begin a group, so that nothing fancy is done with
% the whole number part.
% \begin{macrocode}
\hfill
\let\DC@rl\bgroup
\else
% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise set "\DC@rl" so that the whole number part is put in a
+% Otherwise set "\DC@rl" so that the whole number part is put in a
% box "\count@" times as wide as a digit.
-% In order to share code with the other branch, then move "#3" (the
+% In order to share code with the other branch, move "#3" (the
% number of decimal places) into "\count@" throwing away the `.' from
% the user syntax.
% \changes{v1.04}{1996/09/23}{Add \cs{hfill} so integer part
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Box 2 contains the decimal part, set to "\dimen@" which is
% calculated below to be "\count@" times the width of a digit, plus
-% the with of the `decimal point'.
+% the width of the `decimal point'.
% \begin{macrocode}
\uppercase{\def~}{$\egroup\setbox\tw@\hbox to\dimen@\bgroup${#2}}%
\setbox\z@\hbox{$1$}\dimen@ii\wd\z@
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.pdf
index 363aac31df..967e011d28 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/dcolumn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/delarray.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/delarray.pdf
index 8a6a0acf51..1a8212075a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/delarray.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/delarray.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.dtx
index 49179cfa06..2818a73a09 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.dtx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{enumerate.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{enumerate.dtx}
- [2015/07/23 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)]
+ [2023/07/04 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
% This package gives the enumerate environment an optional argument
% which determines the style in which the counter is printed.
%
-% An occurrence of one of the tokens |A a I i| or |1| produces the value
+% An occurrence of one of the tokens |A a I i 1| produces the value
% of the counter printed with (respectively) |\Alph \alph \Roman \roman|
% or |\arabic|.
%
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
%
% To enable a new counter type based on a letter, you just need
% to add a new |\ifx| clause by analogy with the code above.
-% So for example to make |*| trigger footnote symbol counting.
+% So for example to make |*| trigger footnote symbol counting,
% a package should do the following.
%
% Initialise the hook, in case the package is loaded before
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
% in this way.
%
% At this point we just need initialise the hook, taking care not
-% to over write any definitions another package may already have added.
+% to overwrite any definitions another package may already have added.
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\@enhook{}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@enum@}
-% Handle the optional argument..
+% Handle the optional argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@@enum@[#1]{%
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.pdf
index 3c8a6b4621..17a894442e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/enumerate.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fileerr.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fileerr.pdf
index 6d3c7a2430..3fc612b3d8 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fileerr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fileerr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fontsmpl.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
index eb6abbfb69..61648a2c33 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.dtx
index 00e98c3f77..663fa304a9 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.dtx
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
%% Copyright (C) 1989-2004 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
%<+package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
%<+package>\ProvidesPackage{ftnright}
-%<+package> [2014/10/28 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)]
+%<+package> [2023/07/08 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)]
%
% \fi
%%
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
%
% I also upgraded the documentation to conform to the \LaTeXe{}
% terminology, e.g., this is a package since document classes will not
-% know about it. However it is very likely that i have missed some
+% know about it. However it is very likely that I have missed some
% necessary corrections.
%
% \section{Introduction}
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
%
% The result of this effort is presented in this paper and the reader
% can judge for himself whether it was successful or
-% not.\footnote{Please note, that this option only changed the
+% not.\footnote{Please note that this option changed only the
% placement of footnotes. Since this article also makes use of the
% {\tt doc} package \cite{bk:GMS94}, that assigns tiny numbers to
% code lines sprinkled throughout the text, the resulting design is
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
% footnote separator rule which is used in most publications prepared
% with \TeX{}.\footnote{People who prefer the rule can add it by
% redefining the command {\tt\bslash footnoterule}
-% \cite[p.~156]{book:LLa86}. Please, note, that this command should
+% \cite[p.~156]{book:LLa86}. Please note that this command should
% occupy no space, so that a negative space should be used to
% compensate for the width of the rule used.} Furthermore, I decided
% to place the footnote markers\footnote{\label{thisftn}The tiny
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
% are only partly typeset on the preceding page are not resolved.
% They are held over until \LaTeX{} starts a page (or column)
% containing text besides floats again. For our current layout,
-% this would mean, that if \LaTeX{} decided to make the right
+% this would mean that if \LaTeX{} decided to make the right
% column of a page a float column, footnotes from the left column
% would appear on a later page. A real cure for this problem would
% be to rewrite two-thirds of \LaTeX{}'s output routine, so I am
@@ -615,8 +615,8 @@
% footnotes from the left column. So we have to change the output
% routine at least in the part that contributes floats to the next
% column. The macro involved is called |\@startcolumn|. The first
-% thing we do is to check and see whether any deferred floats
-% exists.
+% thing we do is to check and see whether there are any deferred
+% floats.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@startcolumn{%
\ifx\@deferlist\@empty
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@
% and output the footnotes on a separate page in an
% emergency.\footnote{Otherwise, the footnotes are held over for
% ever, preventing \TeX{} from finishing the document successfully.
-% Instead, \TeX{} will produce infinity many empty pages at the end
+% Instead, \TeX{} will produce infinitely many empty pages at the end
% of the document, trying in vain to output the held over
% footnotes. This problem was found by Rainer Sch\"opf when we
% prepared the paper for the Cork conference.}
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
% moment we simply detect it here, perhaps some better scheme can be
% implemented. One way to avoid this is to allow more than |\textheight| of
% footnotes in |\preparefootins|. However, that isn't such a good idea
-% either as that means that a footnote from column one, might end up
+% either since it means that a footnote from column one might end up
% completely on a later page.
% \changes{v1.1f}{2010/02/25}{Check for split footnotes (pr/4099)}
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.pdf
index 3ddaef7217..2a4e24a432 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/ftnright.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/hhline.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/hhline.pdf
index 3fbc14c435..d8f969b7b0 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/hhline.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/hhline.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.dtx
index 295b678fd8..2314db1c70 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.dtx
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
%
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{indentfirst}
-%<package> [1995/11/23 v1.03 Indent first paragraph (DPC)]
+%<package> [2023/07/02 v1.03 Indent first paragraph (DPC)]
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
% \changes{v1.03}{1995/11/23}{Typo fixes in documentation}
%
% \begin{abstract}
-% Make the first line of all sections etc., be indented by the usual
+% Make the first line of all sections etc. be indented by the usual
% paragraph indentation. This should work with all the standard document
% classes.
% \end{abstract}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.pdf
index 2fadade298..235e364993 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/indentfirst.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.dtx
index fffa6d8e18..2798bd4f60 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.dtx
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
%<+package>\ProvidesPackage{layout}
%<+driver>\ProvidesFile{layout.drv}
%\ProvidesFile{layout.dtx}
- [2021-03-10 v1.2e Show layout parameters]
+ [2023-08-20 v1.2e Show layout parameters]
%
% A short driver is provided that can be extracted if necessary by
% the \textsf{DocStrip} program provided with \LaTeXe.
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\cnt@paperwidth}
% \begin{macro}{\cnt@paperheight}
-% The dimensions of the paper
+% The dimensions of the paper,
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\cnt@paperwidth
\newcount\cnt@paperheight
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
\newcount\ref@hoffset
\newcount\ref@voffset
% \end{macrocode}
-% The |\hoffset| and |\voffset| values are added to the default
+% the |\hoffset| and |\voffset| values are added to the default
% offset of one inch.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ref@hoffset=\cnt@hoffset \advance\cnt@hoffset by \oneinch
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ref@head}
-% and the text areas, running heads,
+% And the text areas, running heads,
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\ref@head
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% The following are a number of scratch registers, used in the
-% positioning of the various pices of the picture.
+% positioning of the various pieces of the picture.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\Interval
\newcount\ExtraYPos
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
\ifodd\count\z@
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Here we deal with an odd page in the twosided case.
+% Here we deal with an odd page in the two-sided case.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\typeout{Two-sided document style, odd page.}
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@
\else
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Here we deal with an even page in the twosided case.
+% Here we deal with an even page in the two-sided case.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\typeout{Two-sided document style, even page.}
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@
\else
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Finally we the case for single sided printing.
+% Finally we deal with the case for single-sided printing.
%
% \changes{v1.1}{1994/02/23}{Added check for reversemargin}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@
%
%
% Now we begin the picture environment; dividing all the lengths by
-% two is done by setting |\unitlength| to \texttt{0.5pt}
+% two is done by setting |\unitlength| to \texttt{0.5pt}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\unitlength}{.5pt}
\begin{picture}(\cnt@paperwidth,\cnt@paperheight)
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
\InsideHArrow\cnt@textwidth
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Now the |\textheight|
+% Now the |\textheight|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\SetToHalf\PositionY\cnt@textheight
\advance\PositionY by \ref@body
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
-% The |\hoffset|,
+% The |\hoffset|.
% \changes{v1.2}{1998/04/13}{\cs{PositionY} for label 1 is
% fixed at 50}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -840,12 +840,12 @@
\Identify{3}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% the |\marginparwidth|,
+% The |\marginparwidth|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\SetToQuart\PositionY\cnt@textheight
\advance\PositionY by \ref@body
% \end{macrocode}
-% This arrow has to be bit below the one for the |\oddsidemargin|
+% This arrow has to be a bit below the one for the |\oddsidemargin|
% or\\ |\evensidemargin|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\advance\PositionY by 30
@@ -856,14 +856,14 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
-% The |\marginparsep|, this depends on single or double sided
+% The |\marginparsep|, this depends on single- or double-sided
% printing.
% \begin{macrocode}
\advance\PositionY by 30
\if@twoside
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Twosided mode, reversemargin;
+% Two-sided mode, reversemargin:
% \changes{v1.1b}{1994/03/23}{\cs{OutSideHArrow} should be
% \cs{OutsideHArrow}}
% \changes{v1.2}{1998/04/13}{Added check for reversemargin}
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@
\fi
\else
% \end{macrocode}
-% Not reversemargin;
+% Not reversemargin:
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifodd\count\z@
\OutsideHArrow\ref@marginpar\cnt@marginparsep{20}
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@
\else
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Single sided mode.
+% Single-sided mode.
% \changes{v1.2}{1998/04/13}{Added check for reversemargin}
% \begin{macrocode}
\if@reversemargin
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@
\Identify{9}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Identify the |\footskip|. The arrow will be located on $1/8$th of
+% Identify the |\footskip|. The arrow will be located on $1/8$ of
% the |\textwidth|.
% \changes{v1.2}{1998/04/13}{The \cs{PositionY} of the label 11 is
% changed to the upper side of the arrows}
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@
%
% Identify |\topmargin|, |\headheight| and |\headsep|.
%
-% The arrows will be located on $1/8$th of the |\textwidth|, with
+% The arrows will be located on $1/8$ of the |\textwidth|, with
% intervals of the same size, stored in |\Interval|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\Interval = \cnt@textwidth
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@
\Identify{5}
\advance\PositionX by \Interval
% \end{macrocode}
-% and finally the |\headsep|
+% and finally the |\headsep|.
% \changes{v1.2}{1998/04/13}{The \cs{PositionY} of the label 6 is
% fixed}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@
%
% Below the picture we put a table to show the actual values of the
% parameters. Note that fractional points are truncated, i.e.,
-% \texttt{72.27pt} is displayed as \texttt{72pt}
+% \texttt{72.27pt} is displayed as \texttt{72pt}.
%
% The table is typeset inside a box with a depth of 0 to always
% keep it on the same page as the picture.
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.pdf
index 5812482664..4e0722c710 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/layout.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.dtx
index 332a95d224..2a61ab0c87 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.dtx
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{longtable.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{longtable.dtx}
- [2021-09-01 v4.17 Multi-page Table package (DPC)]
+ [2023-11-01 v4.19 Multi-page Table package (DPC)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
% has version number \fileversion, last
% revised \filedate.}}
% \author{David Carlisle\thanks{The new algorithm for aligning `chunks'
-% of a table used in version 4 of this package was devised coded
+% of a table used in version 4 of this package was devised, coded
% and documented by David Kastrup.}}
% \date{\filedate}
%
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
% ".aux" file, so that it can line up the different chunks.
% Prior to version~4 of this package, this information was not used
% unless a "\setlongtables" command was issued, however, now the
-% information is always used, using a new algorithm\footnote{Due to
+% information is always used, via a new algorithm,\footnote{Due to
% David Kastrup.} and so "\setlongtables" is no longer needed. It is
% defined (but does nothing) for the benefit of old documents that
% use it.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
% are modified in a compatible manner.
%
% You may use the "\label" command so that you can cross reference
-% \env{longtable}s with "\ref". Note however, that the "\label" command
+% \env{longtable}s with "\ref". Note, however, that the "\label" command
% should not be used in a heading that may appear more than once. Place
% it either in the \env{firsthead}, or in the body of the table. It
% should not be the \emph{first} command in any entry.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
% always converged in three passes as described above, but in examples
% such as the ones in Tables \ref{pass1}--\ref{pass4}, the final
% widths were not optimal as the width of column~2, which is
-% determined by a "\multicolumn" entry was not known when the final
+% determined by a "\multicolumn" entry, was not known when the final
% width for column~3 was fixed, due to the fact that \emph{both}
% "\multicolumn" commands were switched from `draft' mode to `normal'
% mode at the same time.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
% many overlapping "\multicolumn" entries, all being wider than the
% natural widths of the columns they span, and all occurring in
% different chunks. In the typical case the algorithm will converge
-% after three or four passes, and, the benefits of not needing to edit
+% after three or four passes, and the benefits of not needing to edit
% the document before the final run to add "\setlongtables", and the
% better choice of final column widths in the case of multiple
% "\multicolumn" entries will hopefully more than pay for the extra
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@
% \item The mechanism for adding the head and foot of the table has been
% completely rewritten. With this new mechanism, \env{longtable} does
% not need to issue a "\clearpage" at the start of the table, and so the
-% table may start half way down a page. Also the "\endlastfoot" command
+% table may start half way down a page. Also the "\endlastfoot" command,
% which could not safely be implemented under the old scheme, has been
% added.
% \item \env{longtable} now issues an error if started in the scope of
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
% "\endhead"&
% Specifies rows to appear at the top of every page.\\
% "\endfirsthead"&
-% Specifies rows to appear at the top the first page.\\
+% Specifies rows to appear at the top of the first page.\\
% "\endfoot"&
% Specifies rows to appear at the bottom of every page.\\
% "\endlastfoot"&
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\LTchunksize}
% \changes{v4.14}{2020/02/07}
% {Increase default chunksize from 20 to 200}
-% Chunk size (The number of rows taken per "\halign"). Default 200.
+% Chunk size (the number of rows taken per "\halign"). Default 200.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\LTchunksize \LTchunksize=200
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1189,12 +1189,12 @@
% \changes{v4.05}{1996/11/12}
% {\cs{LT@setprevdepth} added}
% The following line was added in v4.05.
-% In order to get the "\penalties" to work at chunk boundaries
-% Need to take more care about where and when "\lineskip" glue
+% In order to get the "\penalties" to work at chunk boundaries,
+% we need to take more care about where and when "\lineskip" glue
% is added. The following does nothing at top of table, and in
% header chunks, but in normal body chunks it sets "\prevdepth"
% (to 0pt, but any value would do) so that "\lineskip" glue will
-% be added. the important thing to note is that the glue will be
+% be added. The important thing to note is that the glue will be
% added \emph{after} any vertical material coming from "\noalign".
% \begin{macrocode}
\LT@setprevdepth
@@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v4.14}{2020/02/07}
% {Guard against shrink glue on current page tools/3396 and github 183}
-% This next block was suggested by Lars Hellström in pr tools/3396
+% This next block was suggested by Lars Hellström in pr tools/3396.
% He documents it as:
%
% The original problem occurs because TeX has not yet found an awfully bad
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@
% \changes{v4.14}{2020/02/07}
% {Guard against shrink glue on current page see github 183}
% The LT output routine does not handle shrink on the page, which can cause
-% The first page to be over-long, so forget it is there.
+% the first page to be over-long, so forget it is there.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifdim\pageshrink>\z@\pageshrink\z@\fi
\fi
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@
% Increment the counter, and do \env{tabular}'s "\\" or finish the
% chunk.\\ The "\expandafter" trick was added in Version~3.
% Set the "\prevdepth" at the start of a new chunk. (Done here
-% so not set in header chunks).
+% so not set in header chunks.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\global\advance\LT@rows\@ne
\ifnum\LT@rows=\LTchunksize
@@ -2206,12 +2206,16 @@
\bgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v4.12}{2019/02/06}{Color group to match array package}
+% \changes{v4.18}{2023/08/25}{Use \cs{everypar} to match array package, github 1128}%
% \begin{macrocode}
\color@begingroup
\let\@footnotetext\LT@p@ftntext
\setlength\hsize{#1}%
\@arrayparboxrestore
- \vrule \@height \ht\@arstrutbox \@width \z@}
+ \everypar{%
+ \vrule \@height \ht\@arstrutbox \@width \z@
+ \everypar{}}%
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.pdf
index 88c5fbce0f..f24ff36f4f 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/longtable.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/multicol.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/multicol.pdf
index c063c8d70e..031d1920fa 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/multicol.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/multicol.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/rawfonts.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/rawfonts.pdf
index 63e25bc7a9..08f8d71317 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/rawfonts.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/rawfonts.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.dtx
index 97ec542b66..aa707fe550 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.dtx
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{shellesc.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{shellesc.dtx}
- [2023/04/15 v1.0d unified shell escape interface for LaTeX]
+ [2023/07/08 v1.0d unified shell escape interface for LaTeX]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
% \section{Introduction}
%
%
-% For many years web2c based \TeX\ implementations have used the syntax
+% For many years web2c-based \TeX\ implementations have used the syntax
% of the \verb|\write| command to access system commands by using a
% special stream 18 (streams above 15 can not be allocated to files in
% classical \TeX\ so stream 18 would otherwise just print to the
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@
% This is a useful extension that did not break the strict rules on
% extensions in classical \TeX. This package provides a simple
% macro level interface hiding the \verb|write18| implementation
-% so a command to remove a file on a unix-like system could be
+% so a command to remove a file on a Unix-like system could be
% specified using \verb|\ShellEscape{rm file.txt}| (or \verb|del| in
-% windows). Note that by default system access is not allowed and
+% Windows). Note that by default system access is not allowed and
% \LaTeX\ will typically need to be called with the \verb|--shell-escape|
% command line option.
%
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
% \verb|\ShellEscape| in fact corresponds to \verb|\immediate\write18|
% (or \verb|\directlua|). Very rarely you may need to delay a system
% command until the current page is output (when page numbers are
-% known) for this classically you could use \verb|\write18| (or
+% known), for this you could classically use \verb|\write18| (or
% (\verb|\latelua|). This package provides \verb|\DelayedShellEscape|
% as a common syntax for this use.
%
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
% \verb|\immediate| will work as normal when writing to file streams
% or the terminal but the special case of stream 18 which is defined to
% use \verb|os.execute| always uses \verb|\directlua| (so corresponds
-% to \verb|\immediate\write18|. In the rare situations that you need
+% to \verb|\immediate\write18|). In the rare situations that you need
% non-immediate \verb|\write18| in a document being ported to current
% Lua\TeX, you will need to change to use the
% \verb|\DelayedShellEscape| command.
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\ShellEscapeStatus}
% \changes{v1.0a}{2019/10/13}{Command Introduced}
-% Integer value with meanings 0 (shell escape disabled), 1 (shell escape allowed), 2 (Restricted shell escape).
+% Integer value with meanings 0 (shell escape disabled), 1 (shell escape allowed), 2 (restricted shell escape).
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\chardef\ShellEscapeStatus
@@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ if status == nil then
%
% \subsection{The write18 package interface}
%
-% In web2c based engines other than Lua\TeX, |\write18| may be used
-% directly. The same was true in older LuaTeX, but from version 0.85
+% In web2c-based engines other than Lua\TeX, |\write18| may be used
+% directly. The same was true in older Lua\TeX, but from version 0.85
% onwards that is not available.
%
% The above |shellesc| package interface is recommended for new code,
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.pdf
index cbb18fe307..ee1a87cc01 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/shellesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.dtx
index 9841004156..c90b3863e1 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.dtx
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{showkeys.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{showkeys.dtx}
- [2023/05/11 v3.19 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)]
+ [2023/07/08 v3.19 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -112,13 +112,13 @@
% print its key argument (usually in the margin).
%
% If you find the printed keys distracting, but don't want to use the
-% above options to stop them altogether you may use:
+% above options to stop them altogether, you may use:
% \begin{description}
% \item[color] Print the keys in a distinguishing colour. The default
% value is a light grey.
% \end{description}
% The colours may be changed by redefining the following two colours
-% after the package is loaded.
+% after the package is loaded:
% |refkey| (also used for |\cite|) and
% |labelkey| (also used for |\bibitem|).
% The defaults are:
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
%
% The package accepts two further options.
% \begin{description}
-% \item[final] to suporess the action of this package, for `final'
+% \item[final] to suppress the action of this package, for `final'
% versions.
% \item[draft] the normal behaviour of this package.
% \end{description}
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
% change |\prevdepth| as that would affect vertical spacing in the
% document. (The box itself should not cause any difference in break
% points as there is a node there anyway coming from the |\write| to
-% the aux file.
+% the aux file.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\dimen@\prevdepth
\nointerlineskip
@@ -451,8 +451,8 @@
% In inner vertical mode, attach the label to the right of the
% immediately preceding box, if it is a box before the current point.
% Otherwise just put it in a box of zero dimensions, with no interline
-% skip. (This may slightly move the surrounding text (but perhaps not
-% now that |\prevdepth| is restored.)
+% skip. This may slightly move the surrounding text (but perhaps not
+% now that |\prevdepth| is restored).
% \changes{v3.00}{1994/09/07}
% {Back up over a previous skip because of the new
% \cs{belowcaptionskip}}
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@
\fi
\else
% \end{macrocode}
-% If we are in an numbered equation-style environment, do nothing as the
+% If we are in a numbered equation-style environment, do nothing as the
% code to print the number will also print the label, otherwise just
% stick the label at the current point, in a box of zero dimensions.
% \changes{v3.02}{1995/03/17}
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@
% The following environments print an equation number, so |\label|
% should not print its argument at the point where it appears.
% Note this will fail to show the label if you are in an |eqnarray|
-% environment, and use |\label| together with |\nonumber| This might
+% environment, and use |\label| together with |\nonumber|. This might
% just about make sense if you are going to use |\pageref|, but that is
% too bad\ldots
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
% \changes{v3.09}{1996/08/30}
% {Fix eqnarray AMS incompatibility. tools/2252}
% When the AMS packages are loaded |showkeys| assumes environments
-% work `The AMS way' However |eqnarray| (unlike |equation|) is not
+% work `The AMS way'. However, |eqnarray| (unlike |equation|) is not
% redefined, so here we need to remove some of the AMS hacks.
% \begin{macrocode}
\toks@\expandafter{\eqnarray}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.pdf
index 4566f82b61..2d4da0c5a7 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/showkeys.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/somedefs.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/somedefs.pdf
index e7389d5d09..9d282b58f3 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/somedefs.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/somedefs.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.dtx
index 177d92f12f..6d59ca4c22 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.dtx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{tabularx.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{tabularx.dtx}
- [2020/01/15 v2.11c `tabularx' package (DPC)]
+ [2023/07/08 v2.11c `tabularx' package (DPC)]
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
% \item The body of the {\ttfamily tabularx} environment is in fact the
% argument to a command, and so certain constructions which are not
% allowed in command arguments (like "\verb") may not be used.\footnote
-% {Since Version 1.02, {\ttfamily\bslash verb and \ttfamily\bslash
+% {Since Version 1.02, {\ttfamily\bslash verb} and {\ttfamily\bslash
% verb*} may be used, but they may treat spaces incorrectly, and the
% argument can not contain an unmatched {\ttfamily\char`\{} or
% {\ttfamily\char`\}}, or a {\ttfamily\char`\%} character.}
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
%
% \DescribeMacro{\newcolumntype}
% These preamble specifications may of course be saved using the
-% command, "\newcolumntype", defined in {\ttfamily array.sty}. Thus we
+% command "\newcolumntype" defined in {\ttfamily array.sty}. Thus we
% may say\\
% "\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}X}"\\
% and then use {\ttfamily Y} in the {\ttfamily tabularx} preamble
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
% \footnote{This adds an extra level of grouping,
% which is not really needed. Instead, I could use \box0\ here, and
% \box2\ below, however the code here would then have to be moved after
-% the first line, because of the footnote to page 386 of the \TeX{}Book,
+% the first line, because of the footnote to page 386 of the \TeX{}book,
% and I do not think I should be writing code that is so obscure as to
% be documented in a footnote in an appendix called ``Dirty Tricks''!}
%
@@ -331,9 +331,9 @@
%\newenvironment{foo}{\tabularx{XX}}{\endtabularx}
%\end{verbatim}
% The scanner now looks for the end of the current environment ("foo" in
-% this example.) There are some restrictions on this usage, the
-% principal one being that "\endtabularx" must not be inside any "{ }" pairs
-% ao that the code before "\endtabularx" may be extracted and added to the table body
+% this example). There are some restrictions on this usage, the
+% principal one being that "\endtabularx" must not be inside any "{ }" pairs,
+% so that the code before "\endtabularx" may be extracted and added to the table body
% (prior to version 2.09 "\endtabularx" had to be
% the \emph{first} token of the `end code' of the environment).
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
% \changes{v2.09}{2014/04/22}{macro added}
% \changes{v2.10}{2014/05/13}{macro modified to test for missing \cs{endtabularx}}
% \changes{v2.11}{2016/01/03}{Fix to previous change to guard against empty arg 2. (Ulrike Fischer)}
-% split up the end code, and extract the part that lives in the table body.
+% Split up the end code, and extract the part that lives in the table body.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\TX@find@endtabularxa
#1\endtabularx#2\endtabularx#3\TX@find@endtabularxa{%
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\TX@find@endtabularxb}
% \changes{v2.09}{2014/04/22}{macro added}
% \changes{v2.10}{2014/05/13}{macro modified to test for missing \cs{endtabularx}}
-% split up the end code, and extract the part that lives outside the table body.
+% Split up the end code, and extract the part that lives outside the table body.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\TX@find@endtabularxb
#1\endtabularx#2\endtabularx#3\TX@find@endtabularxb{%
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@
\TX@col@width\TX@target
\global\TX@cols\@ne
% \end{macrocode}
-% Typeout some headings (unless this is disabled).
+% Type out some headings (unless this is disabled).
% \begin{macrocode}
\TX@typeout@
{\@spaces Table Width\@spaces Column Width\@spaces X Columns}%
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
\global\advance\TX@cols\@ne\NC@find p{\TX@col@width}}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Repeatedly decrease column width until table is the correct width,
-% or stops shrinking, or the columns become two narrow.
+% or stops shrinking, or the columns become too narrow.
% If there are no multicolumn entries, this will only take one attempt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\loop
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
\ifdim\dimen@<\TX@delta
% \end{macrocode}
% If this amount is less than "\TX@delta", stop. ("\TX@delta"
-% should be non-zero otherwise we may miss the target due to rounding
+% should be non-zero, otherwise we may miss the target due to rounding
% error.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\TX@typeout@{Reached target.}%
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
\ifdim \dimen@ >\z@
% \end{macrocode}
% If the new width would be too narrow, abort the loop. At the moment
-% too narrow, means less than 0\,pt!
+% too narrow means less than 0\,pt!
%
% Prior to v2.03, if the loop was aborted here, the X columns were left
% with the width of the previous run, but this may make the table far
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
\expandafter\let\expandafter\endtabularx\csname endtabular*\endcsname
% \end{macrocode}
% Added at v1.05: disable "\write"s during a trial run. This trick is
-% from the \TeX{}Book.\footnote{Actually the \TeX{}Book trick does
+% from the \TeX{}book.\footnote{Actually the \TeX{}book trick does
% not work correctly, so changed for v2.05.}
% \changes{v2.05}{1997/09/18}
% {New \cs{write} trick. tools/2607}
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\TX@typeout}
-% The default is to be to be quiet
+% The default is to be quiet.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\TX@typeout\@gobble
\let\TX@typeout@\@gobble
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
% tabularx}, but that did not stop people using it! This usually put
% \LaTeX\ into an irrecoverable error position, with error messages that
% did not mention the cause of the error. The `poor man's "\verb"' (and
-% "\verb*") defined here is based on page 382 of the \TeX{}Book. As
+% "\verb*") defined here is based on page 382 of the \TeX{}book. As
% explained there, doing verbatim this way means that spaces are not
% treated correctly, and so "\verb*" may well be useless, however I
% consider this section of code to be error-recovery, rather than a real
@@ -882,10 +882,10 @@
% does not consist of a single "{ }" group. \TeX\ would strip the outer
% braces from such a group. The `"!"' will be removed later.
%
-% Originally I followed Knuth, and had "\def\@tempa{##1}", however this
+% Originally I followed Knuth, and had "\def\@tempa{##1}", however, this
% did not allow "#" to appear in the argument. So in v1.04, I changed
-% this to use a token register, and "\edef". This allows "#" appear,
-% but makes each one appear twice!, so later we loop through, replacing
+% this to use a token register, and "\edef". This allows "#" to appear
+% but makes each one appear twice, so later we loop through, replacing
% "##" by "#".
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\TX@vb#1{\def\@tempa##1#1{\toks@{##1}\edef\@tempa{\the\toks@}%
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.pdf
index 49b97c905b..9f68f26643 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tabularx.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.dtx
index 58476db07e..e3a8e90b8c 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.dtx
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
%%
%
%
-\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+\def\FMithmInfo{2023/07/05 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
%
% \ProvidesFile{theorem.dtx}[\FMithmInfo]
%\iffalse % this is a METACOMMENT !
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
%
% \begin{abstract}
% The macros described in this paper yield an extension of the
-% \LaTeX{} theorem mechanism. It is designed is to satisfy the
+% \LaTeX{} theorem mechanism. It is designed to satisfy the
% different requirements of various journals. Thus, the
% layout of the ``theorems'' can be manipulated by determining a
% ``style''. This article describes not only the use, but
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
% |\theorempreskipamount| and |\theorempostskipamount| define,
% respectively, the spacing before and after such an environment.
% These parameters apply for all theorem sets and can be manipulated
-% with the ordinary length macros. They are rubber lengths,
+% with the ordinary length macros. They are rubber lengths
% (`\textsf{skips}'), and therefore can contain \texttt{plus} and
% \texttt{minus} parts.
%
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
% \section{Definition of the Macros}
%
% If the file has been loaded before, we abort immediately. If not the
-% package announces itself (this is actually done at the very top if
+% package announces itself (this is actually done at the very top of
% the file---the way it is done isn't good style so don't copy it).
% \changes{v2.0e}{89/07/19}{Spaces removed from `typeout'.}
% \changes{v2.2b}{95/11/19}{Announce moved to top of file}
@@ -546,8 +546,8 @@
% ``non-Big-versions'', we have to avoid offering too many unused
% definitions. Therefore we define these styles in separate files
% that can be loaded on demand. Thus the commands themselves only
-% load these files. We use |\@input@| a \LaTeXe{} internal command
-% that ensures that the file will be listed with |\listfiles|
+% load these files. We use |\@input@|, a \LaTeXe{} internal command
+% that ensures that the file will be listed with |\listfiles|.
% \changes{v2.2a}{94/02/02}{Use `@input@ to load theorem layout files}
% \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\th@plain{\@input@{thp.sty}}
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.pdf
index 157a1f6ce6..5cdc977c98 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/theorem.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tools-overview.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tools-overview.pdf
index 39971309c4..300602a9ed 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tools-overview.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/tools-overview.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/trace.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/trace.pdf
index 284b3be3d1..7ddd4fc6b7 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/trace.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/trace.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/varioref.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/varioref.pdf
index 0573d850a6..6a8d722fd7 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/varioref.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/varioref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.dtx
index 0085f166ea..832f80ef3a 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.dtx
@@ -48,14 +48,14 @@
\pagestyle{myheadings}
\title{A New Implementation of \LaTeX{}'s \\ \texttt{verbatim}
- and \texttt{verbatim*} Environments.}
+ and \texttt{verbatim*} Environments}
\author{Rainer Sch\"opf\\
\and
Bernd Raichle\\
\and
Chris Rowley}
-\date{2022/07/02}
+\date{2023/07/08}
\begin{document}
\markboth{Verbatim style option}{Verbatim style option}
\MaintainedByLaTeXTeam{tools}
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
%
% A further possibility is to define a variant of the |verbatim|
% environment that boxes and centers the whole verbatim text.
-% Note that the boxed text should be less than a page otherwise you
+% Note that the boxed text should be less than a page, otherwise you
% have to change this example.
%
%\begin{verbatim}
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
% necessary for correct vertical spacing if \texttt{verbatim}
% is nested inside \texttt{quote}.}
% The following extra vertical space is for compatibility with the
-% \LaTeX kernel: otherwise, using the |verbatim| package changes
+% \LaTeX{} kernel: otherwise, using the |verbatim| package changes
% the vertical spacing of a |verbatim| environment nested within a
% |quote| environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -790,18 +790,18 @@
\def\@noitemerr{\@warning{No verbatim text}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Now we call |\obeylines| to make the end of line character
-% active,
+% active.
% \begin{macrocode}
\obeylines
% \end{macrocode}
-% change the category code of all special characters,
+% The category code of all special characters is changed,
% to $12$ (other).
% \changes{v1.5i}{1996/06/04}{Moved \cs{verbatim@font} after
% \cs{dospecials}.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\do\@makeother \dospecials
% \end{macrocode}
-% and switch to the font to be used.
+% We switch to the font to be used.
% \begin{macrocode}
\verbatim@font
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@
% (This token list was inserted after the current macro
% by |\verbatim@@@|.)
% Since we are still in an |\edef| we protect it
-% by means of|\noexpand|.
+% by means of |\noexpand|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\noexpand\verbatim@rescan{\@currenvir}}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@
\else
% \end{macrocode}
% At this point we pass the name of the file to |\@addtofilelist|
-% so that its appears in the output of a |\listfiles|
+% so that it appears in the output of a |\listfiles|
% command.
% \changes{v1.5j}{1996/09/25}{Add \cs{@addtofilelist} and
% \cs{ProvidesFile} so that the name of the file
@@ -1579,9 +1579,9 @@
% the contents of |\@filef@und|, we need to save it by expanding it
% first. The use of |\@swaptwoargs| makes it so that the
% \emph{expansion} of |\@filef@und| gets to be the second argument
-% of |\verbatim@readfile|.
+% of |\verbatim@readfile|.
% \changes{v1.5t}{2020-07-06}{Expand \cs{@filef@und} before the call
-% of \cs{@verbatim} (gh/222)}m
+% of \cs{@verbatim} (gh/222)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\verbatim@input#1#2{%
\IfFileExists {#2}{%
@@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
%
-% \subsection{Getting verbatim text into arguments.}
+% \subsection{Getting verbatim text into arguments}
%
% One way of achieving this is to define a macro (command) whose
% expansion is the required verbatim text. This command can then be
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.pdf
index ba986b56ef..3908ca304d 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/verbatim.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.dtx b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.dtx
index 0dd5f3ad95..be48f5a01b 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.dtx
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
%
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{xr}
-%<package> [2020-05-10 v5.06 eXternal References (DPC)]
+%<package> [2023-07-04 v5.06 eXternal References (DPC)]
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
% If any of the external documents, or the main document, use the same
% |\label| then an error will occur as the label will be multiply
% defined. To overcome this problem |\externaldocument| has an optional
-% argument. If you declare |\externaldocument[A-]{aaa}| Then all
+% argument. If you declare |\externaldocument[A-]{aaa}|, then all
% references from |aaa| are prefixed by |A-|. So for instance, if a
% section of |aaa| had |\label{intro}|, then this could be referenced
% with |\ref{A-intro}|. The prefix need not be |A-|, it can be any
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.pdf
index ce523eafe0..58217a12d2 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xspace.pdf b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xspace.pdf
index 4f6b3b1bc3..573624719e 100644
--- a/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xspace.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex-dev/required/tools/xspace.pdf
Binary files differ